State of Illinois
92nd General Assembly
Legislation

   [ Search ]   [ PDF text ]   [ Legislation ]   
[ Home ]   [ Back ]   [ Bottom ]



92_HB2995

 
                                               LRB9200955JSpc

 1        AN  ACT  to  create  the   Interstate   Compact   Uniform
 2    Receivership Law.

 3        Be  it  enacted  by  the People of the State of Illinois,
 4    represented in the General Assembly:

 5                    Chapter 1.  Title and Purpose

 6        Section 100.  Short title.  This Act may be cited as  the
 7    Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law.

 8        Section 101.  Interpretation, construction and purpose.
 9        A.  The  underlying  purposes  and  policies of this Act,
10    which is  an  integral  element  of  the  regulation  of  the
11    business  of  insurance  and  of  vital  public  interest and
12    concern, are to:
13             (1)  protect the interests of  insureds,  claimants,
14        creditors and the public;
15             (2)  provide   a   comprehensive   scheme   for  the
16        receivership of insurers;
17             (3)  maximize  the   uniformity   of   the   insurer
18        receivership   laws   in   all  states  in  which  it  is
19        applicable;
20             (4)  make  more  efficient  the  administration   of
21        insurer  receiverships on an interstate and international
22        basis;
23             (5)  provide  prompt  corrective  measures  for  any
24        potentially dangerous condition in an insurer; and
25             (6)  establish a system which  equitably  apportions
26        any unavoidable loss.
27        B.  It  is the intent of this Act that it include, and be
28    interpreted as including,  in  substance  and  effect,  those
29    elements   of   the   National   Association   of   Insurance
30    Commissioners  Insurers  Rehabilitation and Liquidation Model
 
                            -2-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Act  and  the  Uniform  Insurers  Liquidation  Act  that  are
 2    necessary to establish any state in which it is enacted as  a
 3    "reciprocal state" as defined in those Acts.
 4        C.  Except as provided at Section 405, this Act shall not
 5    be  interpreted  to limit the powers granted the Commissioner
 6    by laws or regulations other than this Act.
 7        D.  See Section 100 for short title.

 8        Section 102.  Receivership proceedings to which this  Act
 9    is  applicable.  This Act does not apply to rehabilitation or
10    liquidation proceedings initiated prior to its effective date
11    unless the court, on motion of  the  Commissioner  and  after
12    notice  and  a hearing and for good cause shown, directs that
13    all or any portion of this Act shall be  applicable  to  such
14    proceedings.

15        Section   103.  Effective  date.  See  Section  1301  for
16    effective date.

17        Section 104.  Severability. If any provision of this Act,
18    or application thereof to any person or circumstance, is held
19    invalid, such invalidity does not affect other provisions  or
20    applications  of  this  Act which can be given effect without
21    the invalid application or provision, and  to  this  end  the
22    provisions of this Act are severable.

23        Section  105.  Amendment  of uniform law. This Interstate
24    Compact Uniform Receivership  Law  may  only  be  amended  by
25    Commission  rule  subsequently  enacted  by  legislation in a
26    majority of the compacting states

27                        Chapter 2.  The Court

28        Section 201.  Jurisdiction of the receivership court.
 
                            -3-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1        A.  A receivership proceeding under  this  Act  shall  be
 2    filed  only  in  the    receivership  court, which shall have
 3    original  and  exclusive  jurisdiction  of  all  receivership
 4    proceedings filed under this Act.
 5        B.  The receivership court shall, as of the  commencement
 6    of  a  receivership proceeding under this Act, have exclusive
 7    jurisdiction  of  all  property  of  the  insurer,   wherever
 8    located,  including  property located outside the territorial
 9    limits of such court.
10        C.  (1)The receivership court shall have original but not
11    exclusive jurisdiction of all civil proceedings arising under
12    this Act or arising in or related to receivership proceedings
13    under this Act.
14             (2)  On motion of a party in  interest  and  in  the
15        interests  of  justice the receivership court may abstain
16        from hearing a matter over which it has original but  not
17        exclusive  jurisdiction  and  may  permit  such action to
18        proceed in another forum.
19             (3)  Except as provided at Section 405,  and  except
20        as  to  claims  filed  against  the  estate,  pursuant to
21        Section 702A; nothing in this Act shall deprive  a  party
22        in   interest   of   any   contractual  right  to  pursue
23        arbitration of any dispute under any law.
24        D.  In addition to grounds otherwise provided by law, the
25    following persons are subject to the personal jurisdiction of
26    the receivership court:
27             (1)  current and  former  agents,  managing  general
28        agents, and brokers of the insurer;
29             (2)  policyholders  and  reinsurers  of the insurer;
30        and
31             (3)  current   and   former   officers,   directors,
32        managers, trustees, organizers, promoters and persons  in
33        control of the insurer.
34             (4)  any  third  party  administrator for an insurer
 
                            -4-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1        and any person (such as  a  data  processing  firm)  that
 2        maintains information for an insurer.
 3        E.  The    foregoing    provisions    of   this   Section
 4    notwithstanding, the provisions of this  Act  do  not  confer
 5    jurisdiction  on  the  receivership court to resolve coverage
 6    disputes between guaranty associations  and  those  asserting
 7    claims  against  them  resulting  from  the  initiation  of a
 8    receivership proceeding under this Act except to  the  extent
 9    that   the   guaranty  association  has  otherwise  expressly
10    consented pursuant to a plan of rehabilitation or liquidation
11    that resolves its obligations to covered policyholders.
12        F.  The determination of any dispute with respect to  the
13    statutory  obligations of any guaranty association by a court
14    or administrative agency or body  with  jurisdiction  in  the
15    guaranty association's state of domicile shall be binding and
16    conclusive  as  to  the  parties in a receivership proceeding
17    initiated  in  the  receivership  court,  including,  without
18    limitation, the policyholders of the insurer.

19        Section 202.  Power of the receivership court.
20        A.  The receivership court may issue any  order,  process
21    or  judgment,  including  such injunctions or other orders as
22    are necessary or appropriate to carry out the  provisions  of
23    this Act or an approved plan.
24        B.  No provision of this Act providing for the raising of
25    an  issue  by  a  party  in  interest  shall  be construed to
26    preclude the receivership court from, sua sponte, taking  any
27    action  or  making any determination necessary or appropriate
28    to enforce or implement court orders or to prevent  an  abuse
29    of process.
30        C.  No  provision of this Act shall be construed to limit
31    the ability of the receiver to apply to a  court  other  than
32    the  receivership  court in any jurisdiction to carry out any
33    provision of this Act or for the purpose of  pursuing  claims
 
                            -5-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1    against any person.

 2        Section 203.  Venue of receivership proceedings and civil
 3    proceedings under this Act.
 4        A.  A  receivership proceeding under this Act may only be
 5    filed in the circuit court of Cook County.
 6        B.  All civil proceedings  over  which  the  receivership
 7    court  has  original but not exclusive jurisdiction and which
 8    are filed in the  circuit  court  of  Cook  County  shall  be
 9    assigned to the receivership court.

10        Section   204.  Appeals.    Appeal  from  orders  of  the
11    receivership court may be taken:
12        A.  As of right, by  any  of  the  following  parties  in
13    interest who have appeared and participated in the hearing on
14    the matter in question:
15             (1)  by  the  Commissioner  or  the insurer from any
16        order of rehabilitation  or  liquidation  or  finding  of
17        insolvency,   or   any   order  refusing  rehabilitation,
18        liquidation, or a finding of insolvency;
19             (2)  by the receiver or  any  such  party  from  any
20        order approving or refusing to approve a plan pursuant to
21        Chapter 8 of this Act;
22             (3)  by the receiver,  the claimant or any reinsurer
23        from any order allowing or disallowing a claim;
24             (4)  by  the  person  asserting  any  interest in an
25        asset from any order finally determining  such  interest;
26        or
27             (5)  by  any  guaranty association or association of
28        guaranty  associations  from  any    order    which   may
29        substantially affect its rights.
30        B.  By  leave  of  court,  by  any interested party whose
31    substantial rights may be affected, from  any  order  of  the
32    receivership  court,  upon a showing that such rights are not
 
                            -6-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1    amenable to protection by any appeal as of right, or  by  the
 2    receiver,   from   any   order  substantially  affecting  the
 3    operations  of  the  receivership  which  is  not   otherwise
 4    appealable.  Leave shall be sought in the first instance from
 5    the  receivership  court.  If the receivership court declines
 6    to grant it, leave to appeal may be granted by  the  Illinois
 7    Appellate Court upon application by the party concerned.
 8        C.  Any  appeal  from the entry or refusal of an order of
 9    receivership must be taken within 5 days  of  its  entry.  No
10    request for reconsideration, review or appeal, and no posting
11    of  a  bond  shall dissolve or stay such order.  Appeals from
12    such orders shall be  expedited  by  the  Illinois  Appellate
13    Court.
14        D.  Except  as  specifically provided in this Section and
15    Section 205, the procedure on  appeal  of  an  order  entered
16    under this Act shall be as for other civil appeals.

17        Section 205.  Appeal pendency plans.
18        A.  Within  5 days after the filing of a notice of appeal
19    of an order of liquidation, the  liquidator shall present for
20    the receivership court's approval a plan  for  the  continued
21    performance   of   the   defendant  company's  policy  claims
22    obligations, including the  duty  to  defend  insureds  under
23    liability  insurance  policies,  during  the  pendency  of an
24    appeal.
25        B.  Such plan may provide for the  continued  performance
26    and payment of policy claims obligations in the normal course
27    of  events, notwithstanding the grounds alleged in support of
28    the  order  of  liquidation,    including   the   ground   of
29    insolvency.   In  the event the defendant company's financial
30    condition will  not,  in  the  judgment  of  the  liquidator,
31    support the full performance of all policy claims obligations
32    during  the  appeal  pendency period, the plan may prefer the
33    claims of certain policyholders and claimants over  creditors
 
                            -7-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1    and  parties  in  interest as well as other policyholders and
 2    claimants (1) if the liquidator finds that such preference is
 3    in the interests of policyholders and other  creditors  as  a
 4    whole  or  that  such  preference  is  necessary  to  prevent
 5    hardship  to  particular policyholders and claimants; and (2)
 6    if the liquidator finds that  such  preference  is  fair  and
 7    equitable  considering  the  relative  circumstances  of such
 8    policyholders and claimants.  The  receivership  court  shall
 9    examine  the plan submitted by the liquidator and if it finds
10    the plan is in the best interests of the parties and that the
11    liquidator's findings are supported by substantial  evidence,
12    it  shall  approve the plan.  No action shall lie against the
13    liquidator or any of his deputies, agents, clerks, assistants
14    or attorneys by any party based on preference  in  an  appeal
15    pendency plan approved by the receivership court.
16        C.  The  appeal  pendency  plan  shall  not  supersede or
17    affect the obligations of any insurance guaranty  association
18    which  under  its  own  state  law is required to pay covered
19    claims obligations during the appeal pendency period.

20                   Chapter 3.  General Provisions

21        301.  Definitions.  As used in this Act:
22        A.  "Affiliate" or person "affiliated" with,  a  specific
23    person,  means  a person that directly, or indirectly through
24    one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or
25    is under common control with, the person specified.
26        B.  "Alien insurer"  means  an  insurer  incorporated  or
27    organized  under  the  laws  of  a jurisdiction that is not a
28    state.
29        C.  "Alien representative"  means  a  trustee,  receiver,
30    liquidator,  provisional  liquidator,  administrator or other
31    representative  of  an  alien  insurer  in  receivership   or
32    equivalent  proceedings  in  a  foreign  country who has been
 
                            -8-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1    appointed judicially or pursuant to statute.
 2        D.  "Ancillary  receiver"   means   the   receiver   duly
 3    appointed in a foreign jurisdiction.
 4        E.  "Commission"    means    the   Interstate   Insurance
 5    Receivership Commission established by 45 ILCS 160/1 et seq.
 6        F.  "Commissioner" means the chief  insurance  regulatory
 7    official  of  a  state.    In  Illinois,  the chief insurance
 8    regulatory official is the Director of Insurance.
 9        G.  "Contingent claim"   means  a  claim  for  which  the
10    insurer's obligation to pay has not yet been established.
11        H.  "Control"   (including   the   terms   "controlling,"
12    "controlled  by"  and  "under common control with") means the
13    possession, direct or indirect, of the  power  to  direct  or
14    cause  the  direction  of  the  management  and policies of a
15    person, whether through the ownership of  voting  securities,
16    by  contract  other  than  a commercial contract for goods or
17    nonmanagement services, or otherwise, unless the power is the
18    result of an official position with or corporate office  held
19    by  the  person.  Control  shall  be presumed to exist if any
20    person, directly or indirectly, owns,  controls,  holds  with
21    the power to vote, or holds proxies representing, 10% or more
22    of   the   voting   securities  of  any  other  person.  This
23    presumption may be rebutted by a showing  that  control  does
24    not, in fact, exist.
25        I.  "Creditor"  means a person having a claim against the
26    insurer,   whether   matured   or  unmatured,  liquidated  or
27    unliquidated,  secured  or  unsecured,  absolute,  fixed,  or
28    contingent.
29        J.  "Domiciliary state"  means  the  state  in  which  an
30    insurer  is  incorporated or organized; or, in the case of an
31    alien insurer, its state of entry; or,  in  the  case  of  an
32    unauthorized  insurer not incorporated, organized, or entered
33    in any state, a state where the  insurer  is  engaged  in  or
34    doing business.
 
                            -9-                LRB9200955JSpc
 1        K.  "Estate"  means  the  assets  and  liabilities of any
 2    insurer in receivership.
 3        L.  "Fair consideration" is  given  for  property  or  an
 4    obligation:
 5             (1)  when   in   exchange   for   the   property  or
 6        obligation, as a  fair  equivalent  of  the  property  or
 7        obligation  and  in  good  faith, property is conveyed or
 8        services are rendered or an obligation is incurred or  an
 9        antecedent debt is satisfied; or
10             (2)  when  the property or obligation is received in
11        good faith to secure a present advance or antecedent debt
12        in an amount not disproportionately small as compared  to
13        the value of the property or obligation obtained.
14        M.  "Foreign  country"  means any jurisdiction not in any
15    state.
16        N.  "Foreign insurer" means an  insurer  incorporated  or
17    organized under the laws of a state other than this State and
18    shall  include  the  United States branch of an alien insurer
19    domiciled in a state other than this State.
20        O.  "General assets" means all property, real,  personal,
21    or otherwise, not specifically mortgaged, pledged, deposited,
22    or  otherwise  encumbered  for  the  security  or  benefit of
23    specified persons or a limited class or classes  of  persons,
24    and  as  to  such  specifically  encumbered property the term
25    includes all such property or its proceeds in excess  of  the
26    amount  necessary  to  discharge  the  sum  or  sums  secured
27    thereby.  Assets held in trust and assets held on deposit for
28    the   security  or  benefit  of  all  policyholders,  or  all
29    policyholders and creditors in the United  States,  shall  be
30    deemed general assets.
31        P.  "Guaranty  association"  means  an insurance guaranty
32    fund or association or any similar entity  now  or  hereafter
33    created by statute in this or any other state to pay continue
34    or  otherwise  assure  payment  of,  in whole or in part, the
 
                            -10-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    contractual  claim  obligations  of  impaired  or   insolvent
 2    insurers or health maintenance organizations.
 3        Q.  "Insolvency" or "insolvent" means:
 4             (1)  For   an   insurer   issuing   only  assessable
 5        policies:
 6                  (a)  the inability to pay an obligation  within
 7             30 days after it becomes payable; or
 8                  (b)  if  an  assessment  is made within 30 days
 9             after the date in paragraph (1)(a), the inability to
10             pay  an  obligation  30  days  following  the   date
11             specified  in  the  first  assessment  notice issued
12             after the date of loss.
13             (2)  For an insurer, other  than  an  insurer  under
14        subparagraph  (1),  the  inability to pay its obligations
15        when they are due or when admitted assets do  not  exceed
16        liabilities plus the greater of either of the following:
17                  (a)  any  capital  and  surplus required by law
18             for its organization; or
19                  (b)  the total  par  or  stated  value  of  its
20             authorized and issued capital stock.
21             (3)  For  purposes of this subsection, "liabilities"
22        shall include, but not be limited to,  reserves  required
23        by statute or by rule or specific requirements imposed by
24        the Commissioner upon an insurer at the time of admission
25        or subsequent to admission.
26        R.  "Insurer"  means  any person or entity that has done,
27    purports to do, is doing, or is licensed to do any  insurance
28    or  reinsurance  business,  or  is or has been subject to the
29    authority of, or to liquidation, rehabilitation, supervision,
30    conservation, or ancillary receivership by, any Commissioner.
31    "Insurer" includes all entities subject  to  this  Act  under
32    Section 401.
33        S.  "Multiple    beneficiary   trust"   means   a   trust
34    established pursuant to insurance  regulatory  laws  for  the
 
                            -11-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    benefit   of   more   than   one  beneficiary  except  trusts
 2    established by a U.S. branch of an alien insurer domiciled in
 3    this State.
 4        T.  "Netting agreement" means  a  contract  or  agreement
 5    (including  terms  and  conditions  incorporated by reference
 6    therein),  including  a  master   agreement   (which   master
 7    agreement,   together   with  all  schedules,  confirmations,
 8    definitions and addenda thereto and  transactions  under  any
 9    thereof,  shall  be  treated  as one netting agreement), that
10    documents one or more transactions between the parties for or
11    involving one or more qualified financial contracts and  that
12    provides  for the netting of qualified financial contracts or
13    present or future payment obligations or payment entitlements
14    thereunder  (including  liquidation   or   close-out   values
15    relating  to  such  obligations  or  entitlements)  among the
16    parties to the netting agreement.
17        U.  "Party  in  interest"  means  the  Commissioner,  the
18    insurer, policyholder, third-party claimant, creditor, equity
19    security  holder,  any  affected  guaranty  association,  any
20    non-domiciliary Commissioner, an advisory committee appointed
21    under this Act, the Commission, an insurer that ceded  to  or
22    assumed  business from the insurer, and any person, including
23    any  indenture  trustee,  with  a  financial  or   regulatory
24    interest in the receivership proceeding.
25        V.  "Person"   means   an   individual,   aggregation  of
26    individuals, partnership and corporation.
27        W.  "Qualified  financial  contract"  means  a  commodity
28    contract, forward contract, repurchase agreement,  securities
29    contract,  swap  agreement and any similar agreement that the
30    Commissioner determines by regulation, resolution or order to
31    be a qualified financial contract for the  purposes  of  this
32    Act.
33             (1)  "Commodity contract" means:
34                  (a)  a  contract  for the purchase or sale of a
 
                            -12-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             commodity for future delivery on, or subject to  the
 2             rules  of, a board of trade designated as a contract
 3             market by the Commodity Futures  Trading  Commission
 4             under  the  Commodity  Exchange  Act (7 U.S.C. 1, et
 5             seq.) or board of trade outside the United States;
 6                  (b)  an agreement that is subject to regulation
 7             under Section 19 of the Commodity  Exchange  Act  (7
 8             U.S.C  1, et seq.) and that is commonly known to the
 9             commodities  trade  as  a  margin  account,   margin
10             contract, leverage account or leverage contract; or
11                  (c)  An   agreement   or  transaction  that  is
12             subject to regulation under  Section  4c(b)  of  the
13             Commodity  Exchange  Act  (7  U.S.C. 1, et seq.) and
14             that is commonly known to the commodities trade as a
15             commodity option.
16             (2)  "Forward contract" means a contract (other than
17        a commodity contract) for the purchase, sale, or transfer
18        of  any  commodity,  as  defined  in  Section  1  of  the
19        Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C.  1,  et  seq.),  or  any
20        similar good, article, service, right or interest that is
21        presently or in the future becomes the subject of dealing
22        in  the  forward  contract trade, or product or byproduct
23        thereof, with a maturity date more than 2 days after  the
24        date  the  contract  is  entered into, including, but not
25        limited to, a repurchase transaction, reverse  repurchase
26        transaction, consignment, lease, swap, hedge transaction,
27        deposit, loan, option, allocated transaction, unallocated
28        transaction  or any combination of these or option on any
29        of them.
30             (3)  "Repurchase agreement" (which also applies to a
31        reverse  repurchase  agreement)   means   an   agreement,
32        including  related  terms, that provides for the transfer
33        of   certificates   of   deposit,    eligible    bankers'
34        acceptances,  or  securities  that are direct obligations
 
                            -13-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        of, or that are fully  guaranteed  as  to  principal  and
 2        interest  by,  the  United  States  or  any agency of the
 3        United States  against  the  transfer  of  funds  by  the
 4        transferee  of  such  certificates  of  deposit, eligible
 5        bankers acceptances, or securities  with  a  simultaneous
 6        agreement by the transferee to transfer to the transferor
 7        certificates  of deposit, eligible bankers acceptances or
 8        securities as described above,  at  a  date  certain  not
 9        later  than  one  year  after the transfers or on demand,
10        against the transfer of funds.  For the purposes of  this
11        definition, the items that may be subject to an agreement
12        include mortgage-related securities, a mortgage loan, and
13        an interest in a mortgage loan, and shall not include any
14        participation  in  a commercial mortgage loan, unless the
15        Commissioner  determines  by  regulation,  resolution  or
16        order to include the participation within the meaning  of
17        the term.
18             (4)  "Securities  contract" means a contract for the
19        purchase, sale or loan of a security, including an option
20        for the repurchase or sale of a security, certificate  of
21        deposit,  or  group  or index of securities (including an
22        interest therein or based on the value  thereof),  or  an
23        option  entered  into  on  a national securities exchange
24        relating to foreign currencies, or the guarantee  of  any
25        settlement  of  cash  or securities by or to a securities
26        clearing agency.  For the purposes  of  this  definition,
27        the   term   "security"   includes   a   mortgage   loan,
28        mortgage-related  securities,  and  an  interest  in  any
29        mortgage loan or mortgage-related security.
30             (5)  "Swap  agreement" means an agreement, including
31        the terms and conditions incorporated by reference in  an
32        agreement,  that  is  a  rate swap agreement, basis swap,
33        commodity swap, forward  rate  agreement,  interest  rate
34        future,  interest  rate  option, forward foreign exchange
 
                            -14-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        agreement, spot  foreign  exchange  agreement,  rate  cap
 2        agreement,  rate  floor agreement, rate collar agreement,
 3        currency  swap  agreement,   cross-currency   rate   swap
 4        agreement,  currency  future,  or  currency option or any
 5        other similar agreement, and includes any combination  of
 6        agreements and an option to enter into an agreement.
 7        X.  "Receiver"     means    liquidator,    rehabilitator,
 8    conservator or ancillary receiver as the context requires.
 9        Y.  "Receivership court" means the circuit court of  Cook
10    County.
11        Z.  "Receivership   proceeding"  means  any  liquidation,
12    rehabilitation, conservation, or  ancillary  receivership  as
13    the context requires.
14        AA.  "Reciprocal state" means a state wherein:
15             (1)  In  substance  and  effect  the  provisions  of
16        Chapter 10 of this Act  are in force.
17             (2)  Provisions  requiring  that the Commissioner or
18        equivalent official  be  the  receiver  of  a  delinquent
19        insurer are in force.
20             (3)  Some  provision for the avoidance of fraudulent
21        conveyances and preferential transfers are in force.
22        AB.  "Secured claims" means a claim secured by  mortgage,
23    trust   deed,   pledge,   deposit  as  security,  escrow,  or
24    otherwise, but not including a special deposit claim or claim
25    against general assets.  The term also includes  claims  that
26    have  become liens upon specific assets by reason of judicial
27    process.
28        AC.  "Separate account" means an account authorized under
29    Article  XIV  1/2  of  the  Illinois   Insurance   Code   and
30    established  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  a  written
31    agreement or a contract on a variable basis.
32        AD.  "Single beneficiary trust" means a trust established
33    pursuant  to  insurance  regulatory  laws established for the
34    benefit of a single beneficiary.
 
                            -15-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        AE.  "Special deposit claim" means a claim secured  by  a
 2    deposit  made pursuant to statute for the security or benefit
 3    of a limited class or classes of persons, but not including a
 4    claim secured by general assets.
 5        AF.  "State" means a state, district, or territory of the
 6    United States.
 7        AG.  "Transfer"  means every mode,  direct  or  indirect,
 8    absolute   or   conditional,  voluntary  or  involuntary,  of
 9    disposing of or parting with property or with an interest  in
10    property, including retention of title as a security interest
11    and foreclosure of an insurer's equity of redemption.
12        AH.  "Unliquidated  claim"  means  a  claim for which the
13    amount of the claim has not been determined.
14        AI.  An "unmatured claim" means a claim for which payment
15    is not yet due.

16        Section  302.  Duty  to  provide   information   to   the
17    commission,   other   insurance   regulators   and   guaranty
18    association.
19        A.  In  addition  to  the periodic reports required under
20    Section 510 of this  Act,  the  receiver  shall  provide  the
21    Commission  with  such  information  as  the  Commission  may
22    reasonably request.
23        B.  The  receiver  shall  provide  other  state insurance
24    regulators with relevant receivership information,  including
25    reports and analysis of financial condition and the status of
26    development  of  a  plan as required by Chapter 8 of this Act
27    when requested.  Access to  financial  records  shall  be  at
28    least equivalent to that to which a state insurance regulator
29    was  entitled  prior  to  the  commencement of a receivership
30    proceeding.
31        C.  The receiver  shall  provide  the  affected  guaranty
32    associations  with  all  information  necessary  to carry out
33    their statutory obligations,  including  without  limitation,
 
                            -16-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    any   information  reasonably  necessary  or  appropriate  to
 2    evaluate and participate  in  the  development  of  the  plan
 3    referred to in subsection B.
 4        D.  The  receiver  shall  also  permit  a state insurance
 5    regulator or guaranty association  to  obtain  a  listing  of
 6    policyholders   and   certificate  holders  residing  in  the
 7    requestor's state, including current  addresses  and  summary
 8    policy  information,  provided  that  the requestor agrees to
 9    maintain the confidentiality of  the  records  and  that  the
10    records   will  be  used  only  for  regulatory  or  guaranty
11    association purposes.
12        E.  In the  event  the  receiver  believes  that  certain
13    information  is  sensitive  or  that disclosure might cause a
14    diminution  in  recovery,  the  receiver  may  apply  to  the
15    receivership court for a protective order imposing additional
16    restrictions on access and disclosure.
17        F.  Except as otherwise provided at Section 422,  nothing
18    contained  in  this Act shall preclude or prohibit disclosure
19    or  discussion  of  information  or  documents  relevant   to
20    proceedings  hereunder  between  and  among  the insurer, the
21    receiver, the Commission,  guaranty  associations  and  state
22    insurance regulators.  No such disclosure or discussion shall
23    compromise  the  privilege  or  confidential  nature  of such
24    information or documents.

25        Section  303.  Cooperation  of   officers,   owners   and
26    employees.
27        A.  An   officer,   manager,  director,  trustee,  owner,
28    employee, or agent of an insurer, or any other  persons  with
29    authority  over  or in charge of any segment of the insurer's
30    affairs, shall cooperate with the receiver  in  a  proceeding
31    under  this  Act.   The term "person" as used in this Section
32    shall include a person  who  exercises  control  directly  or
33    indirectly  over  activities of the insurer through a holding
 
                            -17-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    company or other affiliate of the insurer.  As used  in  this
 2    Section,  "to  cooperate"  shall  include,  but  shall not be
 3    limited to, the following:
 4             (1)  to reply promptly in  writing  to  any  inquiry
 5        from the receiver requesting such a reply; and
 6             (2)  to   make  available  to  the  receiver  books,
 7        accounts, documents, or other  records,  information,  or
 8        property  of, or pertaining to, the insurer and in his or
 9        her possession, custody, or control.
10        B.  No  person  shall  obstruct  or  interfere  with  the
11    receiver in the conduct of a receivership proceeding.
12        C.  This  Section  shall  not  be  construed  to  abridge
13    otherwise existing  legal  rights,  including  the  right  to
14    resist  a  petition  for receivership proceedings or requests
15    for other  orders.

16        Section 304.  Right to appear and be heard.
17        A.  A party in interest may raise and may appear  and  be
18    heard  on  any  issue in a receivership proceeding under this
19    Act, without reimbursement of  attorneys'  fees  or  expenses
20    unless  such  reimbursement is expressly authorized elsewhere
21    by the statutes of this State.   This  subsection  shall  not
22    affect  any right of a reinsurer under a reinsurance contract
23    to recover reasonable  fees  and  expenses  to  which  it  is
24    entitled  in connection with the interposing of defenses to a
25    claim against the insurer.
26        B.  Any guaranty association or association  of  guaranty
27    associations which is or may become liable to act as a result
28    of  the entry of an order of receivership shall have standing
29    to intervene as of right or otherwise appear and  participate
30    in a receivership proceeding under this Act.  Exercise by any
31    guaranty  association or association of guaranty associations
32    of the standing rights conferred under this subsection  shall
33    not  constitute  a  submission to the general jurisdiction of
 
                            -18-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    the courts of this State.

 2       Chapter 4.  Administration of Receivership Proceedings

 3      Subchapter I.  Commencement of a Receivership Proceeding

 4        Section  401.  Entities  subject  to   this   Act.    The
 5    receivership  proceedings  authorized  by  this  Act  may  be
 6    initiated   against  any  insurer  and  against  any  of  the
 7    following persons, if not  an  insurer,  including,  but  not
 8    limited to, the following:
 9        A.  a  person  who  is  transacting,  or  has transacted,
10    insurance business in this State,  and  against  whom  claims
11    arising from that business may exist now or in the future;
12        B.  a  person  who  purports  to  transact  an  insurance
13    business in this State;
14        C.  an insurer who has insureds resident in this State;
15        D.  all  other  persons  organized  or  in the process of
16    organizing with the intent to transact an insurance  business
17    in this State;
18        E.  agents,  managing  general  agents,  brokers, premium
19    finance companies,  insurance holding companies and all other
20    non risk bearing  entities  engaged  in  any  aspect  of  the
21    business  of  insurance,  whether  or  not  such entities are
22    licensed to engage in  the  business  of  insurance  in  this
23    State,  if such person is an affiliate of the insurer against
24    which a receivership proceeding has been or  is  being  filed
25    under this Act; and
26        F.  any other entity which is made subject to this Act by
27    statute.

28        Section 402.  Commencement of a receivership proceeding.
29        A.  Only  the  Commissioner  may institute a receivership
30    proceeding under this Act.
 
                            -19-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        B.  The  Commissioner   may   initiate   a   receivership
 2    proceeding against:
 3             (1)  a domestic insurer;
 4             (2)  the  United  States  branch of an alien insurer
 5        domiciled in this State; or
 6             (3)  any other alien  entity  which  is  an  insurer
 7        under   the  provisions  of  Section  401  of  this  Act;
 8        provided, however, that as to an alien  insurer  that  is
 9        authorized to engage in the business of insurance in this
10        State  but  which  is  not  domiciled in this State, such
11        receivership proceeding shall be only as  to  assets  and
12        records of such entity in this State.
13        C.  At   the   request   of  the  Commissioner  or  other
14    appropriate insurance official of another state, and  in  his
15    or  her  sole  discretion,  the  Commissioner may institute a
16    receivership proceeding against the  assets  and  records  in
17    this State of a foreign insurer.
18        D.  Any  petition  filed  under  this Act shall state the
19    grounds upon which  the  relief  is  sought  and  the  relief
20    requested and may  request entry of such injunctive orders as
21    may be appropriate.

22        Section  403.  Grounds  for  entry of a rehabilitation or
23    liquidation order.
24        A.  Upon the filing of a petition, the receivership court
25    shall  forthwith  issue  an  order   of   rehabilitation   or
26    liquidation  if  the insurer consents thereto, if the insurer
27    fails to contest such application or if the court finds:
28             (1)  the insurer  is  in  such  condition  that  the
29        further  transaction  of  business  would  be  hazardous,
30        financially  or  otherwise,  to  its  policyholders,  its
31        creditors, or the public;
32             (2)  there is reasonable cause to believe that there
33        has   been   embezzlement   from  the  insurer,  wrongful
 
                            -20-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        sequestration  or  diversion  of  the  insurer's  assets,
 2        forgery or fraud affecting the insurer, or other  illegal
 3        conduct  in,  by, or with respect to the insurer that, if
 4        established,  would  endanger   assets   in   an   amount
 5        threatening the insurer's solvency;
 6             (3)  the  insurer  has failed to remove a person who
 7        in fact has executive authority with the insurer, whether
 8        an officer, manager, general agent,  employee,  or  other
 9        person,  if  the  person  has been found after notice and
10        hearing  by  the  Commissioner   to   be   dishonest   or
11        untrustworthy in a way affecting the insurer's business;
12             (4)  control   of  the  insurer,  whether  by  stock
13        ownership or otherwise, and whether direct  or  indirect,
14        is  in  a  person  found  after  notice and hearing to be
15        untrustworthy;
16             (5)  a person who in fact  has  executive  authority
17        with  the  insurer,  whether an officer, manager, general
18        agent, director or trustee, employee,  or  other  person,
19        has refused to be examined under oath by the Commissioner
20        concerning the person's affairs, whether in this State or
21        elsewhere,  and  after reasonable notice of the fact, the
22        insurer has failed promptly and effectively to  terminate
23        the employment and status of the person and all of his or
24        her influence on management;
25             (6)  after  demand  by the Commissioner, the insurer
26        has failed to promptly make available for examination its
27        property, books, accounts, documents, or  other  records,
28        or  those  of  a subsidiary or related company within the
29        control of the insurer,  or  those  of  a  person  having
30        executive  authority  with  the insurer and pertaining to
31        the insurer;
32             (7)  without  first  obtaining  the   Commissioner's
33        written   consent,   the   insurer  has  transferred,  or
34        attempted to transfer,  in  a  manner  contrary  to  law,
 
                            -21-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        substantially  its  entire  property  or business, or has
 2        entered into a transaction the  effect  of  which  is  to
 3        merge,  consolidate, or reinsure substantially its entire
 4        property or business in or with the property or  business
 5        of any other person;
 6             (8)  the  insurer  has  concealed, removed, altered,
 7        destroyed or failed  to  establish  and  maintain  books,
 8        records,   documents,   accounts,   vouchers   and  other
 9        pertinent material adequate for the determination of  its
10        financial  condition  by  examination  or  has  failed to
11        properly administer claims and to maintain claims records
12        which  are  adequate  for  the   determination   of   its
13        outstanding claims liability;
14             (9)  the  insurer or its property has been or is the
15        subject of  an  application  for  the  appointment  of  a
16        receiver,    trustee,    custodian,    conservator,    or
17        sequestrator  or  similar fiduciary of the insurer or its
18        property otherwise than as authorized under the insurance
19        laws of this State, and the appointment has been made  or
20        is  imminent,  and the appointment may deny the courts of
21        this State of jurisdiction  or  might  prejudice  orderly
22        receivership proceedings under this Chapter;
23             (10)  within  the  previous  5 years the insurer has
24        willfully  and  continuously   violated  its  charter  or
25        articles of incorporation, its bylaws, an  insurance  law
26        of this State, or a valid order of the Commissioner.
27             (11)  the  insurer  has  failed  to  pay  a judgment
28        entered against it by a court with personal  jurisdiction
29        over  the insurer within 60 days of the date the judgment
30        becomes final or has failed to pay an obligation due to a
31        state or state subdivision  within  60  days  after  such
32        obligation becomes due;
33             (12)  the  insurer  has  failed  to  file its annual
34        report or other  financial  report  required  by  statute
 
                            -22-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        within  the time allowed by law and, after written demand
 2        by the Commissioner, has failed to  give  immediately  an
 3        adequate explanation;
 4             (13)  the insurer is found, after examination, to be
 5        in  a  condition  so that it could not presently meet the
 6        requirements  for  incorporation  and   authorization  to
 7        engage in the business of insurance; or
 8             (14)  the insurer is insolvent.
 9        B.  In addition to the grounds stated in subsection A  of
10    this Section, if the insurer is a foreign insurer or an alien
11    insurer  not  domiciled  in  this  State  and  no domiciliary
12    liquidator  has  been  appointed   for   the   insurer,   the
13    receivership  court shall issue an order of rehabilitation or
14    liquidation if it finds that:
15             (1)  any of its property  has  been  sequestered  by
16        official action in its domiciliary jurisdiction or in any
17        other jurisdiction;
18             (2)  enough  of its property has been sequestered in
19        a foreign country to give reasonable cause to  fear  that
20        the insurer is or may become insolvent; or
21             (3)  its  certificate of authority to do business in
22        this State has been revoked or that none was ever  issued
23        and  it  is  in  violation of Article VII of the Illinois
24        Insurance Code and that there are residents of this State
25        with outstanding claims or outstanding policies.
26        C.  In addition to the grounds stated  in  subsections  A
27    and  B  of  this  Section,  if the Commissioner or a court of
28    competent jurisdiction has ordered a trustee to turn over  to
29    the Commissioner, assets held in trust pursuant to Article XI
30    of  the  Illinois  Insurance  Code,  the court may direct the
31    establishment  of  a  receivership   for   the   purpose   of
32    administering  said  assets  and  such  other  assets  of the
33    insurer as are located in this State,  provided, however that
34    any such trust assets shall  be  administered  in  accordance
 
                            -23-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    with Section 413 of this Act.

 2        Section 404.  Service of summons and return.
 3        A.  Upon   the   filing  of  a  petition,  summons  shall
 4    forthwith issue, returnable in 3 days after its date,  and  a
 5    copy  of  the  summons  together  with  the  petition  in any
 6    receivership proceeding under this Act shall be  served  upon
 7    the  company named in such petition by delivering the same to
 8    its  president,   vice   president,   secretary,   treasurer,
 9    director,  or  to its managing agent, or if the company lacks
10    any of the aforesaid officers, or if  they  cannot  be  found
11    within  the  State,  to  the officer performing corresponding
12    functions under another name;  if it be a Lloyds,  reciprocal
13    or  inter-insurance  exchange, by delivering such summons and
14    copy of the petition to the duly designated attorney-in-fact.
15    Upon request of  the  Commissioner,  the  receivership  court
16    shall appoint a special process server.
17        B.  When  it is satisfactorily proved by the report of an
18    examiner of  the  department  made  in  accordance  with  the
19    provisions  of  this  Act, or by affidavit of anyone familiar
20    with the facts, that the  officers,  directors,  trustees  or
21    managing  agents  or  members  of  any  company named in said
22    petition upon whom service is required to be  made  as  above
23    provided, have, or if a Lloyds, reciprocal or inter-insurance
24    exchange  be  named in the petition, that the duly designated
25    attorney-in-fact,  has  departed  from  the  State  or   keep
26    themselves  concealed  therein,  or  if  such  of the persons
27    residing in this State and upon whom service is  required  to
28    be  made  as above provided have resigned from their offices,
29    or that service cannot be made immediately by the exercise of
30    reasonable diligence, such service may be had by the  mailing
31    of  a  copy  of  the  petition  and summons to the last known
32    address of the company, or by publication in such form and in
33    such manner as the receivership court shall order.
 
                            -24-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Section 405.  Automatic stay.
 2        A.  Except as provided in subsections C  and  D  of  this
 3    Section or as otherwise provided in this Act the commencement
 4    of  a  receivership  proceeding  under this Act operates as a
 5    stay, applicable to all entities, of:
 6             (1)  the commencement or continuation, including the
 7        issuance  or  employment  of  process,  of  a   judicial,
 8        administrative, or other action or proceeding against the
 9        insurer,  including  arbitration proceedings, that was or
10        could have been commenced before the commencement of  the
11        receivership  proceeding  under this Act, or to recover a
12        claim  against  the  insurer  that   arose   before   the
13        commencement  of  the  receivership proceeding under this
14        Act;
15             (2)  the enforcement, against the insurer or against
16        property of the insurer, of a  judgment  obtained  before
17        the  commencement  of  the  receivership proceeding under
18        this Act;
19             (3)  any act to obtain possession of property of the
20        insurer or of property from the insurer  or  to  exercise
21        control over property or records of the insurer;
22             (4)  any act to create, perfect, or enforce any lien
23        against property of the insurer;
24             (5)  any  act to collect, assess, or recover a claim
25        against the insurer that arose before the commencement of
26        a receivership proceeding under this Act;
27             (6)  the commencement or continuation of  an  action
28        or  proceeding against a reinsurer of the insurer, by the
29        holder  of  a  claim   against   the   insurer,   seeking
30        reinsurance recoveries which are contractually due to the
31        insurer; and
32             (7)  the  commencement  or continuation of an action
33        or proceeding by a  governmental  unit  to  terminate  or
34        revoke any insurance license.
 
                            -25-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        B.  Except  as  provided  in  subsections C and D of this
 2    Section  or  as  otherwise  provided   in   this   Act,   the
 3    commencement  of  a  receivership  proceeding  under this Act
 4    operates as a  stay,  applicable  to  all  entities,  of  the
 5    commencement  or  continuation,  including  the  issuance  or
 6    employment of process, of a judicial, administrative or other
 7    action   or  proceeding,  including  without  limitation  the
 8    enforcement of any judgment, against any insured that was  or
 9    could  have  been  commenced  before  the commencement of the
10    receivership proceeding under this Act, or to recover a claim
11    against  the  insured  that  arose  before   or   after   the
12    commencement  of  the  receivership proceeding under this Act
13    and for which the insurer is or may be liable under a  policy
14    of  insurance  or  is  obligated to defend a party.  The stay
15    provided by this subsection shall  terminate  90  days  after
16    appointment  of  the receiver unless extended by order of the
17    receivership court, for good cause shown, after notice to any
18    affected parties and such hearing as the  receivership  court
19    determines  is  appropriate.   Provided,  however,  that  any
20    applicable  statute  of  limitation with respect to any claim
21    against an insured shall be tolled during the period  of  the
22    stay provided by this subsection and any extensions.
23        C.  The  commencement  of a receivership proceeding under
24    this Act does not operate as a stay of:
25             (1)  except  as   provided   in   subsection   A(7),
26        regulatory    actions    by    the    Commissioners    of
27        non-domiciliary states, including, but not limited to the
28        suspension of licenses;
29             (2)  criminal actions;
30             (3)  any  act to perfect, or to maintain or continue
31        the perfection of, an interest in property to the  extent
32        such  act is accomplished within any relation back period
33        under applicable law.
34             (4)  setoff as permitted by Section 611 of this Act;
 
                            -26-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (5)  pursuit   and   enforcement   of    nonmonetary
 2        governmental claims, judgments, and proceedings;
 3             (6)  enforcement  of a lessor's rights under a lease
 4        that expired prior to  the  filing  of  the  receivership
 5        proceeding;
 6             (7)  presentment  of a negotiable instrument and the
 7        giving of notice of and protesting dishonor  of  such  an
 8        instrument;
 9             (8)  enforcement    of    rights    against   single
10        beneficiary trusts;
11             (9)  termination,   liquidation   and   netting   of
12        obligations  under  qualified  financial   contracts   as
13        provided at Section 612 of this Act;
14             (10)  discharge  by  the  guaranty  associations  of
15        statutory  responsibilities  or  the  pursuit  of  claims
16        against  guaranty associations to the extent permitted by
17        law other than this Act;
18             (11)  any of the following actions:
19                  (a)  an  audit  by  a  governmental   unit   to
20             determine tax liability;
21                  (b)  the   issuance   to   the   insurer  by  a
22             governmental unit of a notice of tax deficiency;
23                  (c)  a demand for tax returns; or
24                  (d)  the making of an assessment  for  any  tax
25             and  issuance  of a notice and demand for payment of
26             such an assessment.
27        D.  In the event  the  Commissioner  seeks  an  order  of
28    conservation under Section 421 of this Act, the provisions of
29    subsections  A and B of this Section shall be applicable only
30    to those entities with actual  notice  or  knowledge  of  the
31    initiation  of the receivership proceeding until such time as
32    the record of the  receivership  proceeding  is  made  public
33    under Section 422.
34        E.  Except as provided in subsection F of this Section:
 
                            -27-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (1)  the  stay  of  an  act  against property of the
 2        insurer under subsection  A  of  this  Section  continues
 3        until   such  property  is  no  longer  property  of  the
 4        receivership estate;
 5             (2)  the stay of any other act under subsection A of
 6        this Section continues until the earliest of:
 7        (a)  the time the receivership proceeding is closed; or
 8        (b)  the time the receivership proceeding is dismissed.
 9        F.  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection A:
10             (1)  claims against the insurer  that  arose  before
11        the  commencement  of  the  receivership proceeding under
12        this Act  may  be  asserted  as  a  counterclaim  in  any
13        judicial,  administrative  or  other action or proceeding
14        initiated by or on behalf of  the  receiver  against  the
15        holder of such claims; and
16             (2)  a party against whom a judicial, administrative
17        or  other  action  or  proceeding  is  initiated by or on
18        behalf  of  the  receiver  may  assert  and  enforce  any
19        contractual  right  the  party  may   have   to   require
20        arbitration of any dispute under any law.
21        G.  On  request  of  a party in interest and after notice
22    and  such  hearing  as  the  receivership  court   determines
23    appropriate, the receivership court may grant relief from the
24    stay of subsection A of this Section, such as by terminating,
25    annulling, modifying, or conditioning such stay:
26             (1)  for cause; or
27             (2)  with  respect  to  a  stay  of  an  act against
28        property under subsection A of this Section if:
29                  (a)  the insurer does not  have  an  equity  in
30             such property; and
31                  (b)  such  property  is  not  necessary  to  an
32             effective plan.
33        H.  In  any  hearing  under subsection G of this Section,
34    the party seeking relief from the stay shall have the  burden
 
                            -28-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    of proof on each issue which must be established by clear and
 2    convincing evidence.
 3        I.  The  estate  of  an  insurer  which is injured by any
 4    willful violation of a stay provided by this Section shall be
 5    entitled to actual damages, including  costs  and  attorneys'
 6    fees,  and,  in  appropriate  circumstances, the receivership
 7    court may impose additional sanctions.
 8        J.  No statute of limitations or defense of laches  shall
 9    run  with  respect  to  any  action  by or against an insurer
10    between  the  filing  of   a   petition   for   conservation,
11    rehabilitation  or  liquidation  against  an  insurer and the
12    order granting or denying that petition. Any  action  against
13    the  insurer that might have been commenced when the petition
14    was filed may be commenced for at  least  60  days  after  an
15    order is denied.

16        Section 406.  Answer and hearing.
17        A.  The  respondent  insurer shall file its answer to the
18    Commissioner's petition within 10 days after service  of  the
19    summons,  exclusive  of the day of service.  On timely motion
20    of the respondent, the receivership court  shall  extend  the
21    time  for  answering for a period not to exceed an additional
22    10 days.
23        B.  The receivership court, on  the  return  day  of  the
24    summons  as originally fixed or extended hereunder, shall set
25    the cause for hearing within 20 days from the return  day  or
26    the extended return day.
27        C.  Except  as  provided  in  Section  423, no motions or
28    other pleadings, whether to dissolve, modify or continue  any
29    injunction  or  otherwise, shall be filed by, or permitted on
30    behalf of the respondent prior to the filing of an answer  to
31    the complaint.
32        D.  The    receivership    court    shall    receive   as
33    self-authenticated any of the following when offered  by  the
 
                            -29-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Commissioner:
 2             (1)  certified  copies  of  the financial statements
 3        made by the insurer; and
 4             (2)  certified copies of examination reports of  the
 5        insurer made by or on behalf of the Commissioner.
 6        E.  At   any  hearing,  the  verified  petition  and  any
 7    exhibits  filed  therewith  shall   be   received   as  prima
 8    facia evidence of the facts therein contained.
 9        F.  The receivership court shall enter judgment within 15
10    days after the conclusion of the evidence.

11        Section  407.  Notice of entry of order of rehabilitation
12    or liquidation.   Unless  the  receivership  court  otherwise
13    directs,  the receiver shall give or cause to be given notice
14    of the order of rehabilitation  or  liquidation  as  soon  as
15    possible by:
16        A.  first-class  mail  and, facsimile or telephone to the
17    insurance Commissioner of  each  jurisdiction  in  which  the
18    insurer is doing business and to the Commission;
19        B.  first-class mail to the guaranty associations of this
20    State,  and  any  other  guaranty association which is or may
21    become obligated as a result of the  receivership  proceeding
22    and any association of such associations;
23        C.  first-class  mail  to  all known insurance agents and
24    reinsurers of the insurer at  their  last  known  address  as
25    indicated by the records of the insurer;
26        D.  first-class  mail  to all persons known or reasonably
27    expected to have claims against  the  insurer  including  all
28    policyholders,  at  their  last known address as indicated by
29    the records of the insurer; and
30        E.  publication in a newspaper of general circulation  in
31    the  county  in  which the insurer has its principal place of
32    business and in other locations  as  the  receiver  considers
33    appropriate.
 
                            -30-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Section  408.  Contents  of  notice of receivership.  The
 2    notice  of  the  entry  of  an  order  of  rehabilitation  or
 3    liquidation shall:
 4        A.  contain a statement that the insurer has been  placed
 5    in rehabilitation or liquidation;
 6        B.  advise  that  an automatic stay is in effect together
 7    with a reference to Section 405 of this Act and  a  statement
 8    that  certain  acts  against  the  insurer and its assets are
 9    stayed as well as a description of any additional  injunctive
10    relief  of  general  application  ordered by the receivership
11    court;
12        C.  state  whether  and  to  what  extent  the  insurer's
13    policies continue in effect;
14        D.  include the deadline for filing  claims  if  one  has
15    been established;
16        E.  state  the  date,  time  and  location of the initial
17    status hearing established pursuant to Section  409  of  this
18    Act; and
19        F.  include such other information as the receiver or the
20    receivership court deems appropriate.

21        Section  409.  Initial status hearing.  An initial status
22    hearing shall be held within 120 days  of  the  entry  of  an
23    order  of  rehabilitation  or liquidation. The receiver shall
24    discuss the condition of the estate and may be questioned  by
25    parties  in  interest or their representatives concerning the
26    matters discussed.  The hearing shall be conducted informally
27    under the supervision of the receivership court.

28        Section 410.  Dismissal of receivership proceeding.
29        A.  Except as provided at subsection C of  this  Section,
30    until  all  payments  of  or  on  account  of  the  insurer's
31    contractual  obligations  by  all  guaranty  associations and
32    interest thereon and all reasonable expenses incurred by them
 
                            -31-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    in  connection  therewith  are   repaid   to   the   guaranty
 2    associations  or  a  plan  of  repayment  by  the  insurer is
 3    approved by the guaranty associations,  an  insurer  that  is
 4    subject to any receivership proceeding shall not:
 5             (1)  be released from a receivership proceeding;
 6             (2)  be  permitted to solicit or accept new business
 7        or request or accept the restoration of  a  suspended  or
 8        revoked license or certificate of authority; or
 9             (3)  be  returned to the control of its shareholders
10        or management.
11        B.  If the Commissioner,  having  obtained  an  ex  parte
12    order  of  conservation,  fails  to  file  a  motion  in  the
13    receivership  proceeding  requesting  entry  of  an  order of
14    rehabilitation or liquidation after having had  a  reasonable
15    opportunity  to  do  so, the receivership proceeding shall on
16    motion of a party in interest or on the receivership  court's
17    own motion, be dismissed and vacated.
18        C.  A  receivership  proceeding  may be dismissed without
19    complying with the  requirements  of  subsection  A  of  this
20    Section if the receivership court, on motion of the receiver,
21    determines  that the receivership estate has no assets or the
22    estate's assets  are  insufficient  to  cover  the  costs  of
23    administering the receivership.
24        D.  In  the  event a receivership proceeding is dismissed
25    pursuant to subsection C of this Section, the  insurer  shall
26    be dissolved as of entry of the order of dismissal.

27        Section    411.  Receivership   proceedings   for   alien
28    insurers.  The receivership court, after notice and  hearing,
29    may  dismiss  or suspend a receivership proceeding against an
30    alien insurer under  this  Act  at  any  time,   taking  into
31    consideration the following:
32        A.  the interests of insured claimants, creditors and the
33    public;
 
                            -32-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        B.  whether   the  order  requested,  and  any  governing
 2    legislation upon which it is based, is  consistent  with  the
 3    objectives of this Act;
 4        C.  the  effect  the  order requested would have or could
 5    reasonably  be  expected  to  have  on  the  ability  of  the
 6    liquidator to use assets of the insurer's  estate  under  the
 7    liquidation order to transfer policy obligations to a solvent
 8    assuming insurer;
 9        D.  any  agreements  with  a  receiver or Commissioner or
10    like official of another state in which the insurer was doing
11    business, or of the country  under  the  laws  of  which  the
12    insurer   is  domiciled,  relating  to  the  receivership  or
13    dissolution of the insurer;
14        E.  the  adequacy  of  information   available   to   the
15    receivership court upon which to make a determination; and
16        F.  the  costs  that  could  reasonably be expected to be
17    incurred as a result of the order.

18        Section 412.  Trusteed assets of  a  U.S.  branch  of  an
19    alien insurer.
20        A.  Any  person having an interest in the trusteed assets
21    of the United States branch of an alien insurer domiciled  in
22    this  State  and  subject  to a receivership proceeding under
23    this Act, may, by motion, seek an order directing that all or
24    part of the trusteed assets of such insurer be transferred to
25    such person.
26        B.  After providing notice and hearing, the  receivership
27    court  may  grant, deny, or suspend a motion made pursuant to
28    subsection A on terms and  conditions,  or  make  such  other
29    order,  as  the  court considers appropriate, considering the
30    following:
31             (1)  the factors set forth in Section  411  of  this
32        Act; and
33             (2)  whether  the order requested is consistent with
 
                            -33-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        the  terms,  conditions  and  objectives  of  the   trust
 2        agreement or agreements.

 3        Section 413.  Trust fund claims.
 4        A.  An  alien  representative  having  an interest in the
 5    trusteed assets of an alien insurer  secured  by  a  multiple
 6    beneficiary  trust  may,  by  motion, seek an order directing
 7    that all or part of such trusteed assets of  the  insurer  be
 8    transferred to such person.
 9        B.  Notwithstanding   Section   411   of  this  Act,  the
10    receivership court shall not grant relief under this  Section
11    unless the Commissioner has determined that:
12             (1)  the  assets  of  such a trust exceed the amount
13        necessary to satisfy the claims of  U.S. beneficiaries of
14        the trust; or
15             (2)  U.S. beneficiaries of the trust will receive  a
16        greater  percentage  of  their  claim  if  the trust fund
17        assets are returned to the grantor's country of  domicile
18        and a receiver has been appointed for the grantor in that
19        domicile.
20        C.  Claims  against  the assets of a multiple beneficiary
21    trust  shall  be  filed  and  allowed   and   shall   receive
22    distribution  of  assets  in  accordance with the laws of the
23    state in which the trust is domiciled that are applicable  to
24    the receivership of domestic insurers.

25        Section 414.  Limited appearance.
26        A.  An   alien   representative  may  seek  dismissal  or
27    suspension of a receivership proceeding under Section 411  of
28    this Act.
29        B.  An  appearance  in  a  receivership court by an alien
30    representative in connection with a motion or  request  under
31    Section  411,  412  or  413  of this Act does not submit such
32    alien representative to the jurisdiction of the  receivership
 
                            -34-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    court  for  any other purpose, but the receivership court may
 2    condition any order under such Sections on compliance by such
 3    alien representative with  the  orders  of  the  receivership
 4    court.

 5        Section   415.  Advisory  committees.   The  receivership
 6    court, on motion of the receiver or for good cause shown, may
 7    appoint one or more  advisory  committees  of  policyholders,
 8    claimants  or  other creditors.  Any advisory committee shall
 9    serve  without  compensation  and  without  reimbursement  of
10    expenses.

11              Subchapter II.  Conservation Proceedings

12        Section  421.  Ex  parte  orders  of   conservation   and
13    seizure.
14        A.  At the time the Commissioner initiates a receivership
15    proceeding  under this Act, he or she may request entry of an
16    ex parte conservation order by verified petition alleging:
17             (1)  that there exist grounds for entry of an  order
18        of rehabilitation or liquidation; and
19             (2)  that the interests of policyholders, creditors,
20        or the public will be endangered by delay.
21        B.  The  receivership  court  shall  issue  the  ex parte
22    conservation order immediately  without  prior  notice  or  a
23    hearing.
24        C.  Upon  issuance of an ex parte conservation order, the
25    order, together with a copy of the verified  petition  and  a
26    summons,  shall be promptly served on the insurer as provided
27    at Section 404.  The conservator may  also  serve  the  order
28    upon persons transacting business with the insurer or dealing
29    with its assets and such others as may be necessary to obtain
30    compliance  therewith.  All persons served with the order and
31    all persons having actual knowledge thereof shall be bound by
 
                            -35-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    it.
 2        D.  At the request of the Commissioner, any order entered
 3    pursuant to this Section shall:
 4             (1)  appoint the Commissioner as conservator;
 5             (2)  direct the conservator to take  possession  and
 6        control  of  all  or  a  part  of  the  property,  books,
 7        accounts, documents, and other records of an insurer, and
 8        of   the   premises  occupied  by  the  insurer  for  the
 9        transaction of its business;
10             (3)  direct any officer or director or other  person
11        or  entity  that   possesses or controls any documents or
12        recorded information  of  any  nature,  including  books,
13        claims    files, records, and papers of the insurer or of
14        any affiliate of the insurer that relate to the insurer's
15        assets,  liabilities,   financial  affairs  or  business,
16        shall  immediately   disclose  and,  on  request  of  the
17        conservator,   turn  over  such  documents  and  recorded
18        information to the  conservator;
19             (4)  enjoin the insurer and its officers,  managers,
20        agents,  and employees from disposing of its property and
21        from transacting business except with  the  conservator's
22        written consent;
23             (5)  contain  such  other relief as the Commissioner
24        considers necessary; and
25             (6)  specify  the duration of the order, which shall
26        be  such  time  as  the  receivership   court   considers
27        necessary  for the conservator to ascertain the condition
28        of the insurer.
29        E.  On motion of the insurer, the conservator or  in  its
30    own discretion, the receivership court may at any time modify
31    such  order on such notice and after such hearing, if any, as
32    the receivership court determines to be appropriate.
33        F.  Upon entry  of  an  order  under  this  Section,  the
34    conservator  may  hold hearings, subpoena witnesses to compel
 
                            -36-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    their attendance, administer  oaths,  examine  persons  under
 2    oath,  and    compel  persons  to  subscribe  to  his  or her
 3    testimony after it has been  correctly  reduced  to  writing;
 4    and   in   connection  with  these  powers  may  require  the
 5    production of books, papers, records, or other documents that
 6    he or she considers relevant to the performance of his or her
 7    duties.
 8        G.  Entry of  an  order  under  this  Section  shall  not
 9    constitute  an  anticipatory  breach of any contract to which
10    the insurer is a party.
11        H.  On request of the conservator, those law  enforcement
12    officers with authority to process orders of the receivership
13    court  shall  provide  the  conservator such assistance as is
14    required to carry out the terms of the  order  entered  under
15    this Section.

16        Section   422.  Confidentiality   of  hearings.   In  all
17    proceedings and judicial review of proceedings under  Section
18    421,  all records of the insurer, other documents, department
19    of  insurance  files,  and  receivership  court  records  and
20    papers, so far as they are  a  part  of  the  record  of  the
21    proceedings under this subchapter, are confidential and shall
22    be  held  by  the  clerk  of the court in a confidential file
23    except as is necessary to obtain compliance therewith, unless
24    the receivership court,  after  hearing  arguments  from  the
25    parties in chambers, orders otherwise or the insurer requests
26    that  the  matter  be  made  public.   Unless  privileged  or
27    confidential  under law other than this Act, all such records
28    shall  become  public  upon  filing   of   a   petition   for
29    rehabilitation or liquidation under this Act.

30        Section 423.  Modification of orders of conservation.  An
31    insurer  against  which  an  order  of  conservation has been
32    entered under Section 421 may move for  modification  of  the
 
                            -37-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    order  at  any  time  prior  to  the  entry  of  an  order of
 2    rehabilitation  or   liquidation   under   this   Act.    The
 3    receivership  court  shall  hear such motion not more than 15
 4    days after it is filed.  A hearing under this Section may  be
 5    held  privately  in  chambers  and shall be held privately in
 6    chambers if so requested by the insurer proceeded against.

 7             Subchapter III.  Rehabilitation Proceedings

 8        Section  431.  Authority  to  operate   and   restructure
 9    insurer's business.  If the receivership court has entered an
10    order of rehabilitation, the rehabilitator:
11        A.  may take such action as he or she considers necessary
12    or  appropriate to reform, revitalize, or runoff the business
13    of the insurer;
14        B.  may operate the business of  the  insurer  including,
15    but  not  limited  to,  the  retention  or  dismissal  of the
16    insurer's employees; and
17        C.  shall propose a plan pursuant to Chapter  8  of  this
18    Act.

19        Section 432.  Conversion to liquidation.
20        A.  If, in the exercise of administrative discretion, the
21    Commissioner determines that further attempts to rehabilitate
22    an insurer would:
23             (1)  substantially  increase  the  risk  of  loss to
24        creditors, policyholders, other parties  in  interest  or
25        the public, or
26             (2)  be futile, or
27             (3)  not  be  in  the  best interests of  creditors,
28        policyholders, other parties in interest or  the  public,
29        he  or  she  may  petition  the receivership court for an
30        Order of Liquidation  and  Finding  of  Insolvency  under
31        Section 441 of this Act.
 
                            -38-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        B.  If  the  rehabilitator  suspends  payment  of  all or
 2    substantially all direct policy obligations for a period of 6
 3    months at any time after the entry of an order for relief and
 4    has  not  filed  a  plan  within  that   time,   unless   the
 5    receivership court, for good cause shown, extends such period
 6    the  Commissioner  shall  request that the receivership court
 7    enter  a  final  order  of  liquidation  with  a  finding  of
 8    insolvency.

 9               Subchapter IV.  Liquidation Proceedings

10        Section 441.  Order of liquidation.
11        A.  If the receivership court has  entered  an  order  of
12    liquidation, the  liquidator shall:
13             (1)  marshall the assets of the insurer; and
14             (2)  propose  a  plan  pursuant to Chapter 8 of this
15        Act.
16        B.  The Commissioner, as  part  of  an  initial  petition
17    filed  under  this Act, or the receiver, by motion filed in a
18    pending  receivership  proceeding,  may  request   that   the
19    receivership  court enter a final order of liquidation with a
20    finding of insolvency.

21        Section 442.  Continuation of coverage.
22        A.  Notwithstanding any policy or  contract  language  or
23    any  other  statute,  all  reinsurance contracts by which the
24    insurer has reinsured the insurance  obligations  of  another
25    person  are  cancelled upon entry of an order of liquidation,
26    and   all   policies,   insurance   contracts   (other   than
27    reinsurance), surety bonds or surety undertakings, other than
28    life or health insurance or annuities, in effect at the  time
29    of  issuance  of  an  order  of liquidation shall continue in
30    force until the earliest of:
31             (1)  30  days  from  the  date  of  entry   of   the
 
                            -39-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        liquidation order;
 2             (2)  the expiration of the policy;
 3             (3)  the  date  when  the  insured  has replaced the
 4        insurance coverage with equivalent insurance  in  another
 5        insurer or otherwise terminated the policy;
 6             (4)  the date the liquidator has effected a transfer
 7        of the policy obligation; or
 8             (5)  the   date   proposed  by  the  liquidator  and
 9        approved by the receivership court to cancel coverage.
10        B.  An order of liquidation shall terminate coverages  at
11    the  time  provided  under  subsection  A of this Section for
12    purposes of any other statute.
13        C.  Policies of life or  health  insurance  or  annuities
14    covered by a guaranty association and any portion of policies
15    of  life  or  health  insurance  or  annuities  covered  by a
16    guaranty association shall continue in force  to  the  extent
17    necessary to permit the guaranty association to discharge its
18    statutory obligations.
19        D.  Policies of life or health insurance or annuities not
20    covered  by  a  guaranty  association,  and  any  portion  of
21    policies of life or health insurance or annuities not covered
22    by   a   guaranty   association,  shall  terminate  as  under
23    subsections A and B, except to the extent that the liquidator
24    proposes and the receivership court approves the continuation
25    of such contracts or coverage.
26        E.  The cancellation of any bond  or  surety  undertaking
27    shall not release any co-surety or guarantor.

28                 Chapter 5.  Office of the Receiver

29              Subchapter I.  Authority of the Receiver

30        Section  501.  Appointment  of  receiver.   An  order  of
31    conservation, rehabilitation or liquidation shall appoint the
 
                            -40-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Commissioner and his or her successors in office as receiver.

 2        Section  502.  Title  to  and  possession  of  assets and
 3    records.
 4        A.  Upon  entry  of  an  order   of   rehabilitation   or
 5    liquidation,  the rehabilitator or liquidator shall be vested
 6    with title to all of the property, books, accounts, documents
 7    and other records of the insurer, wherever located.
 8        B.  To the extent reasonable, and in the receiver's  sole
 9    discretion,  the receiver may immediately take possession and
10    control of all of the property,  books,  accounts,  documents
11    and  other records of an insurer and of the premises occupied
12    by the insurer for transaction of  its  business  and  remove
13    such   property   to  another  location  convenient  for  the
14    administration of the estate.

15        Section  503.  Immunity  and   indemnification   of   the
16    receiver and employees.
17        A.  For   the  purposes  of  this  Section,  the  persons
18    entitled to protection under this Section are:
19             (1)  All receivers responsible for the conduct of  a
20        receivership  proceeding under this Act including present
21        and former receivers; and
22             (2)  Their employees meaning all present and  former
23        special deputies and assistant special deputies appointed
24        by   the   Commissioner   and   all   persons   whom  the
25        Commissioner,  special  deputies,  or  assistant  special
26        deputies  have  employed  to  assist  in  a  receivership
27        proceeding  under  this  Act.   Attorneys,   accountants,
28        auditors,   actuaries,   investment   bankers,  financial
29        advisors, other consultants  and  any  other  persons  or
30        firms  who  are  retained  by the receiver as independent
31        contractors and their employees shall not  be  considered
32        employees of the receiver for purposes of this Section.
 
                            -41-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        B.  The  receiver  and  his  or  her employees shall have
 2    official  immunity  and  shall  be  immune  from   suit   and
 3    liability,  both personally and in their official capacities,
 4    for any claim for damage to or loss of property  or  personal
 5    injury  or  other civil liability caused by or resulting from
 6    any alleged act, error or omission of  the  receiver  or  any
 7    employee  arising  out  of  or  by  reason of their duties or
 8    employment; provided that nothing in this provision shall  be
 9    construed  to  hold  the receiver or any employee immune from
10    suit  and/or  liability  for  any  damage,  loss,  injury  or
11    liability caused by the intentional  or  willful  and  wanton
12    misconduct of the receiver or any employee.
13        C.  If any legal action is commenced against the receiver
14    or  any employee, whether against him or her personally or in
15    his or  her  official  capacity,  alleging  property  damage,
16    property  loss,  personal  injury  or  other  civil liability
17    caused by  or  resulting  from  any  alleged  act,  error  or
18    omission of the receiver or any employee arising out of or by
19    reason  of  their  duties or employment, the receiver and any
20    employee shall be indemnified from the assets of the  insurer
21    for  all  expenses,  attorneys' fees, judgments, settlements,
22    decrees or amounts due and owing or paid in  satisfaction  of
23    or  incurred in the defense of such legal action unless it is
24    determined upon a final adjudication on the merits  that  the
25    alleged  act,  error  or omission of the receiver or employee
26    giving rise to the claim did not arise out of or by reason of
27    his or her duties or employment, or was caused by intentional
28    or willful and wanton misconduct.
29        D.  Attorneys' fees and  any  and  all  related  expenses
30    incurred  in  defending  a legal action for which immunity or
31    indemnity is available under this Section shall be paid  from
32    the  assets  of the insurer, as they are incurred, in advance
33    of the final disposition of such action upon  receipt  of  an
34    undertaking  by  or  on behalf of the receiver or employee to
 
                            -42-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    repay the attorneys' fees and expenses if it shall ultimately
 2    be determined upon a final adjudication on  the  merits  that
 3    the  receiver  or  employee  is  not  entitled to immunity or
 4    indemnity under this Section.
 5        E.  Any indemnification for expense payments,  judgments,
 6    settlements,  decrees,  attorneys' fees, surety bond premiums
 7    or other amounts paid or to be paid from the insurer's assets
 8    pursuant to this Section shall be an  administrative  expense
 9    of the insurer.
10        F.  In  the  event of any actual or threatened litigation
11    against a receiver or any  employee  for  which  immunity  or
12    indemnity  may  be available under this Section, a reasonable
13    amount of funds which in the judgment of the Commissioner may
14    be  needed  to  provide  immunity  or  indemnity   shall   be
15    segregated  and  reserved  from  the assets of the insurer as
16    security for the payment of indemnity until such time as  all
17    applicable  statutes  of  limitation  shall  have run and all
18    actual or threatened actions  against  the  receiver  or  any
19    employee  have  been completely and finally resolved, and all
20    obligations of the insurer and the  Commissioner  under  this
21    Section shall have been satisfied.
22        G.  In  lieu  of  segregation and reserving of funds, the
23    Commissioner may, in his or her discretion, obtain  a  surety
24    bond  or  make  other  arrangements  which  will  enable  the
25    Commissioner  to  fully secure the payment of all obligations
26    under this Section.
27        H.  If any legal action against  an  employee  for  which
28    indemnity  may  be  available  under  this Section is settled
29    prior to final adjudication on the merits, the insurer  shall
30    pay  the  settlement  amount  on  behalf  of the employee, or
31    indemnify the employee for the settlement amount, unless  the
32    Commissioner determines:
33             (1)  that  the  claim  did  not  arise  out of or by
34        reason of the employee's duties or employment; or
 
                            -43-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (2)  that the claim was caused by the intentional or
 2        willful and wanton misconduct of the employee.
 3        I.  In any legal  action  in  which  the  receiver  is  a
 4    defendant,  that  portion  of  any settlement relating to the
 5    alleged act, error or  omission  of  the  receiver  shall  be
 6    subject  to  the  approval  of  the receivership court before
 7    which   the   receivership   proceeding   is   pending.   The
 8    receivership court shall not  approve  that  portion  of  the
 9    settlement if it determines:
10             (1)  that  the  claim  did  not  arise  out of or by
11        reason of the receiver's duties or employment; or
12             (2)  that the claim was caused by the intentional or
13        willful and wanton misconduct of the receiver.
14        J.  Nothing contained or implied in  this  Section  shall
15    operate,  or  be construed or applied to deprive the receiver
16    or any employee of any immunity, indemnity, benefits of  law,
17    rights or any defense otherwise available.
18        K.(1)  Subsection  B  of  this Section shall apply to any
19    suit based in whole or in part on any alleged act,  error  or
20    omission  which takes place on or after the effective date of
21    this Act.
22             (2)  No legal action shall lie against the  receiver
23        or  any employee based in whole or in part on any alleged
24        act, error or omission which  took  place  prior  to  the
25        effective  date  of  this  Act,  unless suit is filed and
26        valid service of process is  obtained  within  12  months
27        after the effective date of this Act.
28             (3)  Subsections  C  through I of this Section shall
29        apply to any suit which is pending on or filed after  the
30        effective  date  of  this  Act without regard to when the
31        alleged act, error or omission took place.

32        Section 504.  Employment of  professional  persons.   The
33    receiver may:
 
                            -44-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        A.  appoint one or more qualified persons, including, but
 2    not  limited  to  this  State's  life  and  health  insurance
 3    guaranty  association and its property and casualty insurance
 4    guaranty association,  to  serve  as  deputy  receiver  which
 5    person(s)  shall  have all the powers and responsibilities of
 6    the receiver granted under this Act and shall  serve  at  the
 7    pleasure of the receiver;
 8        B.  employ  and  fix  the  compensation  of employees and
 9    agents;
10        C.  retain attorneys, actuaries, accountants, appraisers,
11    consultants, and such other personnel as he or she  considers
12    necessary to assist in the receivership; and
13        D.  subject  to  the requirements of Section 522, fix the
14    compensation of those whom he  or  she  appoints  or  retains
15    under subsections A or C of this Section.

16        Section 505.  Powers of rehabilitators and liquidators.
17        A.  The  rehabilitator  or  liquidator shall have all the
18    powers  of  the  directors,  officers  and  managers  of  the
19    insurer, whose authority shall be suspended, except  as  they
20    are re-delegated by the rehabilitator or liquidator.
21        B.  In  addition  to  those  powers otherwise provided by
22    this Act, the rehabilitator  or  liquidator  shall  have  the
23    power to:
24             (1)  use, sell or lease property of the insurer;
25             (2)  after notice and a hearing, borrow money on the
26        security  of  the  insurer's  assets  or  to borrow money
27        without security and to execute and deliver all documents
28        necessary  to  that  transaction  for  the   purpose   of
29        facilitating the liquidation;
30             (3)  collect  all  debts  and  money  due and claims
31        belonging to the insurer, wherever located;
32             (4)  institute  and  pursue  legal  actions  and  to
33        continue any pending action, in any  jurisdiction;
 
                            -45-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (5)  suspend, limit or permit policy withdrawals  in
 2        connection   with  life  insurance  policies  or  annuity
 3        contracts;
 4             (6)  do other acts as are necessary or expedient  to
 5        collect,   marshall,  or  protect the assets or property,
 6        including the power to  sell,  compound,  compromise,  or
 7        assign  debts  for purposes of collection upon such terms
 8        and conditions as he or she considers best and  that  are
 9        consistent with this Act;
10             (7)  enter into contracts necessary to carry out the
11        order of rehabilitation or liquidation;
12             (8)  hold  hearings, to subpoena witnesses to compel
13        their attendance,  to  administer  oaths,  to  examine  a
14        person under oath, and to compel a person to subscribe to
15        his  or her testimony after it has been correctly reduced
16        to writing;  and  in  connection  with  these  powers  to
17        require  the  production  of  books,  papers, records, or
18        other documents that he or she considers relevant to  the
19        inquiry; and
20             (9)  exercise  all  powers  now  held  or  hereafter
21        conferred  upon  receivers  by the laws of this State not
22        inconsistent with the provisions of this Act.
23        C.  The liquidator may petition  the  receivership  court
24    for an order dissolving the corporate existence of a domestic
25    insurer  or  the  United  States  branch  of an alien insurer
26    domiciled in this State at any time after entry of the  order
27    of  liquidation.
28        D.  The  enumeration  in  this  Section of the powers and
29    authority of the rehabilitator or  liquidator  shall  not  be
30    construed  as  a limitation upon him or her, and it shall not
31    exclude in any manner his or her right to do other  acts  not
32    specifically enumerated in this Section or otherwise provided
33    for  if necessary or appropriate for the accomplishment of or
34    in aid of the purpose of rehabilitation or liquidation.
 
                            -46-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Section 506.  Advances to the receiver.  If the  property
 2    of  the  insurer  does  not contain sufficient cash or liquid
 3    assets to defray the costs  incurred,  the  Commissioner  may
 4    advance  the  incurred  costs out of an appropriation for the
 5    department of insurance. Amounts  advanced  for  expenses  of
 6    administration  shall  be  repaid to the Commissioner for the
 7    use of the department of insurance out of the first available
 8    money of the insurer with priority over all  other  costs  of
 9    administration.

10        Section 507.  Executory non-insurance contracts.
11        A.  This  Section  shall not apply to an insurance policy
12    or reinsurance contract whether or not it is executory.
13        B.  The  rehabilitator  or  liquidator,  subject  to  the
14    receivership court's  approval,  may  assume  or  reject  any
15    executory contract or unexpired lease of the insurer.
16        C.  Neither  the  filing of a petition under this Act nor
17    the entry of an order of rehabilitation or liquidation  shall
18    constitute an anticipatory breach of any contract or lease of
19    the insurer.
20        D.  If  there has been a default in an executory contract
21    or unexpired lease of  the  insurer,  the  receiver  may  not
22    assume  such  contract  or  lease  unless, at the time of the
23    assumption of such contract or lease, the receiver
24             (1)  cures or provides adequate assurance  that  the
25        receiver will promptly cure such default; and
26             (2)  provides    adequate    assurance   of   future
27        performance under such contract or lease.
28        E.  Paragraph D of this subsection does not  apply  to  a
29    default that is a breach of a provision relating to:
30             (1)  the  insolvency  or  financial condition of the
31        insurer  at  any  time  before   the   closing   of   the
32        receivership proceeding;
33             (2)  the  commencement  of a receivership proceeding
 
                            -47-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        under this Act;
 2             (3)  the appointment of or taking  possession  by  a
 3        receiver  in  a case under this Act or a custodian before
 4        such commencement; or
 5             (4)  the  satisfaction  of  any  penalty   rate   or
 6        provision  relating to a default arising from any failure
 7        of the insurer to perform nonmonetary  obligations  under
 8        the executory contract or unexpired lease.

 9        Section  508.  Abandonment  of property and records.  The
10    receiver may, at any time, abandon any  property  or  records
11    that   are   burdensome   to   the  estate  or  that  are  of
12    inconsequential value and benefit to the receivership estate.

13        Section 509.  Extension of time.
14        A.  The rehabilitator or  liquidator  may  institute  any
15    action  or  proceeding on behalf of the estate of the insurer
16    while any statute of limitation is tolled  pursuant  to  this
17    Section.   Unless an applicable limitation period has expired
18    before  a   successful   petition   for   rehabilitation   or
19    liquidation  was  filed, any applicable statute of limitation
20    is tolled  for  2  years.  Tolling  of  the  running  of  any
21    applicable  statute  of limitation shall begin with the entry
22    of an order of  rehabilitation or  liquidation.  The  tolling
23    shall   be  in  addition  to  any  other  applicable  tolling
24    provision.
25        B.  For actions not covered by subsection  A,  where  any
26    unexpired  time  period  is fixed, by any agreement or in any
27    proceeding, for doing any act for the benefit of the  estate,
28    the  rehabilitator  or liquidator shall have 180 days or such
29    longer period as the receivership court may  allow  for  good
30    cause shown, from the entry of the order of rehabilitation or
31    liquidation to perform the act.
 
                            -48-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Section 510.  Periodic reports.
 2        A.  A  rehabilitator  or  liquidator  shall file periodic
 3    reports with the Commission containing such information as is
 4    reasonably available and at such intervals as the  Commission
 5    specifies  in  its  operating  procedures,  rules  and  laws,
 6    including, but not limited to:
 7             (1)  cash receipts and disbursements for the period;
 8        and
 9             (2)  a   balance  sheet  which  includes  known  and
10        estimated assets and liabilities of the estate.
11        B.  A conservator shall file with the Commission a report
12    reflecting the insurer's:
13             (1)  cash receipts and disbursements for the period;
14        and
15             (2)  such other information, reasonably available to
16        the conservator, as the Commission specifies in operating
17        procedures, rules and laws.
18        C.  The reports required by subsections A and B  of  this
19    Section  need  not  be filed more than once for each calendar
20    year if the insurer's cash and invested assets are less  than
21    $250,000.

22        Section 511.  Document depository.
23        A.  The   rehabilitator  or  liquidator  shall  maintain,
24    during  the  pendency  of  the  receivership  proceedings,  a
25    document depository containing:
26             (1)  copies of the petitions and orders establishing
27        the receivership proceeding, and any amendments thereto;
28             (2)  copies of all reports  filed  by  the  receiver
29        with the receivership court or the commission;
30             (3)  copies   of  all  other  filings  made  in  the
31        receivership court;
32             (4)  copies of all evidentiary material submitted to
33        the receivership court;
 
                            -49-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (5)  transcripts of any hearings or  trials  in  the
 2        receivership  court   which are obtained by the receiver;
 3        and
 4             (6)  an  index  of  all  items  contained   in   the
 5        depository.
 6        B.  Any  filing  or  evidentiary  submission  made in the
 7    receivership court under seal shall not be maintained in  the
 8    depository, subject to the contrary order of the receivership
 9    court,   but  an  index  of  such  filings  and  submissions,
10    identifying such material with  reasonable  specificity,  but
11    preserving  the  confidentiality  of  the  contents  of  such
12    material, shall be maintained in the depository.
13        C.  Any party other than the receiver who files pleadings
14    or   documents   in   the  receivership  court,  or  presents
15    evidentiary materials  there,  shall  forthwith  furnish  the
16    receiver  with copies thereof, in addition to service copies,
17    for inclusion in the depository.
18        D.  Nothing in this Section shall preclude  the  receiver
19    from  including additional non-privileged and nonconfidential
20    items in the document depository.
21        E.  Except  as  otherwise  ordered  by  the  receivership
22    court, all records contained in the  depository  are  public.
23    The  receiver shall make available the materials contained in
24    the  depository,  during  regular  business  hours   at   the
25    principal  office  of  the receiver or such other location as
26    the receiver shall  specify,  and  shall  provide  copies  of
27    depository materials at reasonable cost.

28        Section 512.  Audit of receivership records.
29        A.  The  pendency  of  any  receivership proceeding under
30    this Act shall in no way affect the power  and  authority  of
31    the  Commissioner  to conduct any examination provided for in
32    Article IX of the Illinois Insurance Code in connection  with
33    the business, conduct or affairs of an insurer.
 
                            -50-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        B.  An   annual   audit   of  any  insurer  which  is  in
 2    rehabilitation or liquidation pursuant to this Act and  which
 3    has  assets  of  more  than $500,000 shall be performed by an
 4    independent outside certified public accountant.  The cost of
 5    this audit shall be paid by the receiver  as  an  expense  of
 6    administration.

 7                       Subchapter II.  Notice

 8        Section 521.  General service list.
 9        A.  The  receiver  shall  maintain a general service list
10    for  each  receivership  proceeding.    It   shall   be   the
11    responsibility  of  the person listed to inform the receiver,
12    in writing, of any changes in his or her home,  business,  or
13    e-mail address, or to request that his or her name be deleted
14    from the general service list.  Any person shall be placed on
15    the   general  service  list  upon  written  request  to  the
16    receiver.
17        B.  The receiver may require that listed  persons  return
18    continuation  request forms which the receiver may serve upon
19    them at intervals,  but not more  frequently  than  every  12
20    months.   Any  person  who  fails  to return the continuation
21    request may be purged from the service list.
22        C.  Inclusion on the general service list does not confer
23    standing in the receivership proceeding to raise,  appear  or
24    be heard on any issue.

25        Section 522.  Routine matters.
26        A.  Notice  of  the  filing  of any routine matter in the
27    receivership court shall  be  provided  by  the  receiver  by
28    depositing  a  copy  of  the  item  filed  in the depository,
29    including the same in the index and sending  notice  by  U.S.
30    mail or, if an e-mail address has been provided, by e-mail on
31    the  same  date that the copy was deposited in the depository
 
                            -51-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    to those persons on the general service list and to any other
 2    person known to the receiver to be  directly  affected,  that
 3    the  matter has been filed and the date of its filing and the
 4    date that it was deposited in the depository.
 5        B.  Any party in  interest  may  object  to  any  routine
 6    matter  by  filing  a  motion with the receivership court and
 7    serving a copy thereof on the receiver not later than 30 days
 8    after the copy of the filing was deposited in the depository.
 9    If no objection has been received during such time, no  court
10    approval of the matter is required.  If an objection has been
11    filed  within  the  prescribed  time, the court shall set the
12    matter for hearing and,  after  hearing,  enter  such  orders
13    concerning the matter as it finds appropriate.
14        C.  For  the  purpose of the application of this Section,
15    the following matters are routine,  unless  the  receivership
16    court otherwise orders:
17             (1)  periodic  reports  of the receiver, as required
18        by Section 510;
19             (2)  the establishment of a basis of compensation of
20        deputy  receivers,  attorneys,  actuaries,   accountants,
21        appraisers,  consultants,  and such other personnel as he
22        or she retains.
23             (3)  the disposition of property or choses in action
24        of the estate the value of  which  does  not  exceed  the
25        lesser  of  $250,000  or  10%  of the last reported total
26        asset value of the estate.

27        Section 523.  Matters requiring prior receivership  court
28    approval.
29        A.  Except  as  hereinafter set out, notice of the filing
30    of any non-routine matter shall be provided by  the  receiver
31    by  depositing  a  copy  of the item filed in the depository,
32    including the same in the index and sending notice  to  those
33    persons  on  the  general  service  list and any other person
 
                            -52-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    known to the receiver to be directly affected that the matter
 2    has been filed, the date of its filing, the deadline for  the
 3    filing of objections, and the date on which the receiver will
 4    present the matter for hearing by the receivership court.
 5        B.  In  addition to the notice called for in subsection A
 6    above, the following matters require additional notice:
 7             (1)  notice of the filing  of  a  plan  pursuant  to
 8        Chapter 8 of this Act, or of any amendment to such a plan
 9        shall be furnished to all known parties in interest;
10             (2)  notice  of the entry of an order of liquidation
11        or finding of insolvency,  other  than  as  part  of  the
12        initial  order  of receivership, shall be provided to all
13        persons entitled to notice under Section 407; and
14             (3)  notice   of   the   proposed    allowance    or
15        disallowance  of  the claims of any policyholder or other
16        creditor shall be provided pursuant to Section 524.
17        C.  Notice of the proposed closure of the estate or final
18    distribution shall be sufficient if  mailed  to  all  persons
19    having  allowed  claims which have not been paid in full, all
20    claimants  whose  claims  have  not  been  adjudicated,   all
21    stockholders  of  the  company, and all guaranty associations
22    interested in the estate, and the general service list.
23        D.  Any party  in  interest  may  object  to  any  action
24    proposed  to be taken by the receivership court in connection
25    with a non-routine matter by filing a statement showing  that
26    he  or  she has an interest in the matter and setting out the
27    grounds of the objection not later than  30  days  after  the
28    sending of notice under subsection A, or such other period as
29    the court shall direct for good cause shown.
30        E.  Upon  the presentation of any non-routine matter, the
31    receivership court may determine any preliminary issues,  and
32    shall  set the matter for hearing.  Upon hearing the receiver
33    and any party in interest who has filed a  timely  objection,
34    the  receivership  court may issue such orders concerning the
 
                            -53-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    matter as it finds appropriate.
 2        F.  Any action proposed to be taken by the receiver   and
 3    which  requires  court approval and which is not defined as a
 4    "routine  matter,"  is  a  "non-routine  matter,"  including,
 5    without limitation, the following:
 6             (1)  the disposition of any asset or chose in action
 7        (including the settlement of any suit or  tort  claim  of
 8        the  estate)  which  is  property of the estate and which
 9        exceeds in value the lesser of $250,000  or  10%  of  the
10        last reported total asset value of the estate;
11             (2)  the  allowance  of a claim or disallowance of a
12        claim pursuant to Section 711;
13             (3)  borrowing or lending of  any  sum,  except  for
14        debts  incurred  in the ordinary course of the operations
15        of  the  receivership  and  not  exceeding  $50,000   per
16        obligee;
17             (4)  conversion   of   a   rehabilitation   into   a
18        liquidation,  or  the issuance of a finding of insolvency
19        or the imposition of a deadline for the filing of  claims
20        at any time after the entry of an order of rehabilitation
21        or liquidation; and
22             (5)  the  adoption of any plan pursuant to Chapter 8
23        of this Act.
24        G.  After notice and a hearing,  the  receivership  court
25    may   designate   additional   categories   of   routine  and
26    non-routine matters, and may, for good cause  shown,  provide
27    alternate notice, or require the service of additional notice
28    of any specific matter.

29        Section  524.  Notice  of  proposed  claims  disposition.
30    Except as otherwise ordered by the receivership court, notice
31    of  the  proposed  allowance  or disallowance of any claim is
32    sufficient if  the receiver serves:
33        A.  each  policyholder  under  whose  policy  the   claim
 
                            -54-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    arises,  any  third  party directly interested in the policy,
 2    each guaranty association which is or may be responsible  for
 3    the  claim or any portion thereof, and any reinsurer which is
 4    or would be liable to the receiver in respect of the claim if
 5    it were allowed with a description of the claim  proposed  to
 6    be  allowed  or  denied,  the rationale for such allowance or
 7    denial, and the procedures for objecting; and
 8        B.  notice of the filing of the motion on  those  on  the
 9    general service list.

10                       Chapter 6.  The Estate

11        Section 601.  Turnover of property to the receiver.
12        A.  Except  as  provided  in  subsections C and D of this
13    Section, any person  or  entity  in  possession,  custody  or
14    control  of  property  of  the  insurer  shall  deliver  such
15    property to the receiver.
16        B.  Any  person  or  entity  that  owes  a  debt  that is
17    property of the insurer  and  that  is  matured,  payable  on
18    demand,  or  payable  on order, shall pay such debt to, or on
19    the order of, the receiver, except to the  extent  that  such
20    debt may be offset under Section 611 of this Act.
21        C.  Subject  to  any applicable privilege, and unless the
22    receivership   court   orders   otherwise,   any    attorney,
23    accountant,   agent,   management  company,  data  processing
24    company or affiliate of the insurer or entity that  possesses
25    or  controls  any  documents  or  recorded information of any
26    nature, including books,  claims  files, records, and  papers
27    of the insurer or of any affiliate of the insurer that relate
28    to  the insurer's assets,  liabilities,  financial affairs or
29    business,  immediately shall disclose and, on request of  the
30    receiver,  turn over such documents and recorded information,
31    or if the receivership court shall so order, copies  thereof,
32    to the receiver.
 
                            -55-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        D.  As  of the date of the order directing rehabilitation
 2    or liquidation, no possessory  lien  held  by  any  attorney,
 3    including  common  law  retaining  liens,  may be asserted or
 4    enforced against the receiver or the  insurer as a basis  for
 5    withholding  files  or otherwise.  Further, no attorney shall
 6    be granted secured status, security or payment for his or her
 7    claim against the insurer in  exchange  for  the  release  of
 8    files or the extinguishment of any such lien.

 9        Section 602.  Turnover of premiums owed.
10        A.  Unless   otherwise  instructed  by  the  receiver  in
11    writing, an agent,  premium  finance  company  or  any  other
12    person,  other  than  the insured, who is responsible for the
13    payment of premium who has  possession  or  control  of  such
14    premium  shall  immediately turn over to the receiver, and be
15    obligated to pay any unpaid earned premium due  the  insurer,
16    whether collected or uncollected, and any collected, unearned
17    premium  and  any  part  of  an unearned premium representing
18    commission  on  or  before  the  date  of  the  entry  of   a
19    conservation,  liquidation or rehabilitation order.  Credits,
20    setoffs, or both, shall not be allowed to an agent, broker or
21    premium finance company for an amount advanced to the insurer
22    by the agent, broker or premium finance company on behalf of,
23    but in the absence of a payment by, the insured.
24        B.  An insured shall be obligated to pay to the  receiver
25    any  unpaid  earned  premium  and  any  retrospectively rated
26    premium due the insurer.
27        C.  Upon  satisfactory  evidence  of   a   violation   of
28    subsection  A, the Commissioner may suspend, revoke or refuse
29    to renew the licenses  of  each  offending  party,  impose  a
30    penalty  of  no  more  than  $1,000 for each and every act in
31    violation of this Section by each offending party, or both.
32        D.  Before the Commissioner takes action under subsection
33    C, the Commissioner shall give written notice to the  person,
 
                            -56-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    company,  association  or  exchange  accused of violating the
 2    law, stating specifically the nature of the alleged violation
 3    and fixing a time and place, at least 10 days thereafter, for
 4    a hearing on the matter.  After the hearing, or upon  failure
 5    of the accused to appear at the hearing, the Commissioner, if
 6    he or she finds a violation, shall impose the penalties under
 7    subsection C as he or she considers advisable.
 8        E.  If  the Commissioner takes action under subsection C,
 9    the party aggrieved  may  appeal  from  that  action  to  the
10    circuit court of Cook County.

11        Section  603.  Limitation  on avoiding powers.  An action
12    or proceeding under Sections 604, 605, 606,  608  or  609  of
13    this Act may not be commenced after the earlier of:
14        A.  5  years  after  the  entry  of  the initial order of
15    rehabilitation or liquidation under this Act; or
16        B.  the time the receivership  proceeding  is  closed  or
17    dismissed.

18        Section  604.  Receiver as lien creditor and as successor
19    to certain creditors, purchasers and fiduciaries.
20        A.  The receiver may avoid any transfer of or  lien  upon
21    the  property  of, or obligation incurred by, an insurer that
22    the  insurer  or  a   policyholder,   creditor,   member   or
23    stockholder of the insurer may have avoided without regard to
24    any  knowledge of the receiver, the Commissioner, the insurer
25    or any policyholder, creditor, member or stockholder  of  the
26    insurer  and  whether  or  not  such  a  creditor,  member or
27    shareholder exists.
28        B.  The receiver  shall  be  deemed  a  creditor  without
29    knowledge  for  purposes of pursuing claims under the Uniform
30    Fraudulent Transfer Act.

31        Section 605.  Preferences.
 
                            -57-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        A.  A preference is a transfer  of  any  property  of  an
 2    insurer or of an interest in property of an insurer:
 3             (1)  to or for the benefit of a creditor;
 4             (2)  for or on account of an antecedent debt;
 5             (3)  made  or  suffered within the 2 years preceding
 6        the filing of a successful petition for rehabilitation or
 7        liquidation under this Act;
 8             (4)  that enables such creditor to receive more than
 9        such creditor would receive if:
10                  (a)  the insurer was liquidated under this Act;
11                  (b)  the transfer had not been made; and
12                  (c)  such creditor  received  payment  of  such
13             debt to the extent provided by this Act.
14        B.  Any  preference may be avoided by the receiver if the
15    insurer was insolvent at the time of the transfer; and
16             (1)  the transfer was made within  120  days  before
17        the filing of the petition; or
18             (2)  the  creditor receiving it or benefited thereby
19        or his agent acting with reference thereto  had,  at  the
20        time  when  the  transfer  was  made, reasonable cause to
21        believe that the insurer was insolvent or  was  about  to
22        become insolvent; or
23             (3)  The  creditor receiving or benefitting from the
24        transfer was
25                  (a)  an officer or director of the insurer; or
26                  (b)  an employee, attorney or other person  who
27             was,  in  fact,  in  a position to effect a level of
28             control or influence over the actions of the insurer
29             comparable to that of an officer, whether or not the
30             person held such a position; or
31                  (c)  any  shareholder  owning  or   controlling
32             directly or indirectly more than 10% of any class of
33             any  equity  security  issued by the insurer, or any
34             other  person,  firm,  corporation,  association  or
 
                            -58-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             aggregation of persons with whom the insurer did not
 2             deal at arm's length.
 3        C.  The receiver may not  avoid  a  transfer  under  this
 4    Section:
 5             (1)  to the extent that such transfer was:
 6                  (a)  intended  by  the insurer and the creditor
 7             to or for whose benefit such transfer was made to be
 8             a contemporaneous exchange for new  value  given  to
 9             the insurer; and
10                  (b)  in  fact  a  substantially contemporaneous
11             exchange.
12             (2)  to the extent that such transfer was in payment
13        of a debt incurred by the insurer in the ordinary  course
14        of  business  or financial affairs of the insurer and the
15        transferee and such transfer was:
16                  (a)  made in the ordinary course of business or
17             financial   affairs   of   the   insurer   and   the
18             transferee; or
19                  (b)  made according to ordinary business terms.
20             (3)  that creates a security  interest  in  property
21        acquired by the insurer:
22                  (a)  to   the  extent  such  security  interest
23             secures new value that was:
24                       (i)  given at or after the  signing  of  a
25                  security  agreement that contains a description
26                  of such property as collateral;
27                       (ii)  given by or on behalf of the secured
28                  party under such agreement;
29                       (iii)  given  to  enable  the  insurer  to
30                  acquire such property; and
31                       (iv)  in fact,  used  by  the  insurer  to
32                  acquire such property; and
33                  (b)  that  is perfected on or before 21 days or
34             any other period expressly  allowed  by  law,  which
 
                            -59-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             ever  is less, after the insurer receives possession
 2             of such property.
 3             (4)  to or for the benefit of  a  creditor,  to  the
 4        extent  that, after such transfer, such creditor gave new
 5        value to or for the benefit of the insurer:
 6                  (a)  not secured by  an  otherwise  unavoidable
 7             security interest; and
 8                  (b)  on  account of which new value the insurer
 9             did not make an otherwise unavoidable transfer to or
10             for the benefit of such creditor.
11             (5)  that creates a perfected security interest in a
12        receivable or its proceeds, except to the extent that the
13        aggregate of all such transfers to the transferee  caused
14        a  reduction,  as  of  the  date  of  the  filing of  the
15        petition and to the prejudice of other creditors  holding
16        unsecured claims, of any amount by which the debt secured
17        by  such  security  interest  exceeded  the  value of all
18        security interests for such debt on the later of:
19                  (a)  (i)  with respect to a transfer  to  which
20             subsection  B(1)  of  this Section applies, 120 days
21             before the date of the filing of the petition; or
22                  (ii)  with  respect  to  a  transfer  to  which
23             subsection B(2) or B(3) of this Section applies, one
24             year before the date of the filing of the  petition;
25             or
26        (b)  the  date  on  which new value was first given under
27    the security agreement creating such security interest.
28        D.  If a lien which is voidable under  this  Section  has
29    been   dissolved  by  the  furnishing  of  a  bond  or  other
30    obligation and the  surety  on  which  has  been  indemnified
31    directly  or  indirectly by the transfer or the creation of a
32    lien upon the insurer's  property  before  the  filing  of  a
33    successful petition for rehabilitation  or  liquidation  then
34    that   indemnifying   transfer   or   lien    shall  also  be
 
                            -60-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    considered voidable.
 2        E.  The liability of the surety under a releasing bond or
 3    other like obligation shall be discharged to  the  extent  of
 4    the  value  of  the  indemnifying  property  recovered or the
 5    indemnifying lien to the extent of the  amount  paid  to  the
 6    liquidator.
 7        F.  For the purposes of this Section:
 8             (1)  a transfer of property other than real property
 9        shall be deemed to be made or suffered when it becomes so
10        far perfected that no subsequent lien obtainable by legal
11        or  equitable  proceedings  on  a  simple  contract could
12        become superior to the rights of the transferee;
13             (2)  a transfer of real property shall be deemed  to
14        be made or suffered when it becomes so far perfected that
15        no  subsequent bona fide purchaser from the insurer could
16        obtain rights superior to the rights of the transferee;
17             (3)  a transfer  which  creates  an  equitable  lien
18        shall  not  be  deemed  to  be  perfected  if  there  are
19        available means by which a legal lien could be created;
20             (4)  a transfer not perfected prior to the filing of
21        a  petition  for  liquidation  shall be deemed to be made
22        immediately before the filing of the successful petition;
23        and
24             (5)  the provisions of this subsection apply whether
25        or not  there  are  or  were  creditors  who  might  have
26        obtained liens or persons who might have become bona fide
27        purchasers.
28        G.  For  the  purposes  of this Section, the receiver has
29    the burden of proving the avoidability of  a  transfer  under
30    subsection  B  of  this  Section, and the person against whom
31    recovery or avoidance is sought has the burden of proving the
32    non-avoidability of a transfer under  subsection  C  of  this
33    Section.   The  insurer is presumed to have been insolvent on
34    and during the 120 day period immediately preceding the  date
 
                            -61-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    of  the  commencement  of  the  rehabilitation or liquidation
 2    proceeding.
 3        H.  For the purposes of this Section,  "new value"  means
 4    money  or  money's worth in goods, services or new credit, or
 5    release by a transferee of property previously transferred to
 6    such transferee in a transaction that  is  neither  void  nor
 7    voidable  by the receiver under any applicable law, including
 8    proceeds of such property, but does not include an obligation
 9    substituted for an existing obligation

10        Section 606.  Fraudulent transfers and obligations.
11        A.  The  rehabilitator  or  liquidator  may   avoid   any
12    transfer  of  an  interest of the insurer in property, or any
13    obligation incurred by the insurer, that was made or incurred
14    on or within one year before the date of the  filing  of  the
15    petition for  rehabilitation or liquidation proceedings under
16    this Act, if the insurer voluntarily or involuntarily:
17             (1)  made  such transfer or incurred such obligation
18        with actual intent  to  hinder,  delay,  or  defraud  any
19        person to which it was or became indebted on or after the
20        date  that  such transfer was made or such obligation was
21        incurred;  or
22             (2)  (a)  received less than a reasonably equivalent
23        value in exchange for such transfer or obligation;  and
24                  (b)  (i)  was insolvent on the date  that  such
25             transfer  was  made or such obligation was incurred,
26             or became insolvent as a result of such transfer  or
27             obligation;
28                  (ii)  was engaged in business or a transaction,
29             or was about to engage in business or a transaction,
30             for  which  any  property remaining with the insurer
31             was an unreasonably small capital;  or
32                  (iii)  intended to incur, or believed  that  it
33             would incur, debts that would be beyond  its ability
 
                            -62-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             to pay as such debts matured.
 2        B.  Except  to  the  extent that a transfer or obligation
 3    voidable under this Section is voidable under Section 604  or
 4    605  of  this Act, a transferee or obligee of such a transfer
 5    or obligation that takes for value and in good  faith  has  a
 6    lien on or may retain any interest transferred or may enforce
 7    any  obligation  incurred,  as the case may be, to the extent
 8    that such transferee or obligee gave value to the insurer  in
 9    exchange for such transfer or obligation.  A transfer is made
10    when such transfer is so perfected that a bona fide purchaser
11    from  the  insurer  against  whom applicable law permits such
12    transfer to be perfected cannot acquire an  interest  in  the
13    property transferred that is superior to the interest in such
14    property  of  the  transferee, but if such transfer is not so
15    perfected  before  the  commencement  of   the   receivership
16    proceeding, such transfer is made immediately before the date
17    of the filing of the petition.
18        C.  In   this   Section   "value"   means   property,  or
19    satisfaction or securing of a present or antecedent  debt  of
20    the insurer.
21        D.  A  transaction  with  a  reinsurer  of the insurer is
22    subject to avoidance under this Section if:
23             (1)  the  transaction  released  the  reinsurer,  in
24        whole or in part, from  its  obligation  to  pay  to  the
25        insurer   the  reinsurer's  originally specified share of
26        those losses which had occurred prior to the time of  the
27        transaction  but  which  had not been paid by the insurer
28        unless the reinsurer  gives  a  present  fair  equivalent
29        value for the release; and
30             (2)  any part of the transaction was effected within
31        one  year  prior to the filing of the petition under this
32        Act.
33        E.  In the event a  reinsurance  transaction  is  avoided
34    under subsection D of this Section:
 
                            -63-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (1)  the  receiver shall tender to the reinsurer the
 2        value of any consideration transferred to the insurer  in
 3        connection  with  such  transaction  less  the  amount of
 4        matured and liquidated liabilities owing by the reinsurer
 5        to the estate; and
 6             (2)  the parties shall be returned to their relative
 7        positions prior to the implementation of the  transaction
 8        avoided.

 9        Section  607.  Transfer  of  insurer's  property  to good
10    faith purchaser.
11        A.  After a petition for receivership has been  filed,  a
12    transfer  of  the  insurer's  real  property made to a person
13    acting in good faith shall be valid against the  receiver  if
14    made  for a present fair equivalent value, or if not made for
15    a present fair equivalent value, then to the  extent  of  the
16    present  consideration  actually  paid  for  the property for
17    which  amount  the  transferee  shall  have  a  lien  on  the
18    transferred property. Constructive notice of the commencement
19    of  a  receivership  proceeding  shall  be  given  upon   the
20    recording of a copy of the petition initiating a receivership
21    proceeding with the register of deeds in the county where any
22    real  property  in  question  is  located.  The exercise by a
23    court of the United States or any state  or  jurisdiction  to
24    authorize  or  effect a judicial sale of real property of the
25    insurer within any county in any state shall not be  impaired
26    by  the  pendency  of  such  a  proceeding unless the copy is
27    recorded in the county  prior  to  the  consummation  of  the
28    judicial sale.
29        B.  After  a petition for receivership has been filed and
30    before either the receiver takes possession of the  insurer's
31    property or an order of receivership is granted:
32             (1)  a  transfer  of  the  insurer's property, other
33        than real property, made to a person acting in good faith
 
                            -64-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        shall be valid against the receiver if made for a present
 2        fair equivalent value, or if not made for a present  fair
 3        equivalent  value,  then  to  the  extent  of the present
 4        consideration actually paid for the  property  for  which
 5        amount   the   transferee   shall  have  a  lien  on  the
 6        transferred property;
 7             (2)  a person indebted to  the  insurer  or  holding
 8        property of the insurer, if acting in good faith, may pay
 9        all or part of the indebtedness or deliver all or part of
10        the  property  to  the  insurer or upon his or her order,
11        with the same effect as if the petition were not pending;
12             (3)  a person having actual knowledge of the pending
13        receivership shall be  considered  not  to  act  in  good
14        faith; and
15             (4)  a  person  asserting the validity of a transfer
16        under this  Section  shall  have  the  burden  of  proof.
17        Except as elsewhere provided in this Section, no transfer
18        by  or  on  behalf  of  the insurer after the date of the
19        petition for receivership proceeding by  a  person  other
20        than the receiver shall be valid against the receiver.
21        C.  Nothing    in   this   Chapter   shall   impair   the
22    negotiability of currency or negotiable instruments.

23        Section 608.  Recoupment from affiliates.  If an order of
24    liquidation or rehabilitation is entered under this Act , the
25    receiver shall have a right to  recover  from  any  affiliate
26    that  controlled  it  the amount of distributions, other than
27    stock dividends paid by the insurer  on  its  capital  stock,
28    made  at  any  time during the 5 years preceding the petition
29    for liquidation or rehabilitation subject  to  the  following
30    limitations:
31        A.  a  distribution  shall  not be recoverable under this
32    Section if the recipient or other beneficiary of distribution
33    shows  that  when  paid  the  distribution  was  lawful   and
 
                            -65-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    reasonable,  and  that the insurer did not know and could not
 2    reasonably have known that the distribution  would  adversely
 3    affect  the ability of the insurer to fulfill its contractual
 4    obligations;
 5        B.  a person who was an  affiliate  that  controlled  the
 6    insurer  at  the  time  the  distributions were paid shall be
 7    liable up to the amount of distributions he or she  received.
 8    A  person who was an affiliate that controlled the insurer at
 9    the time the distributions were declared shall be  liable  up
10    to  the amount of distributions he or she would have received
11    if they had been paid immediately. If 2 or more  persons  are
12    liable  with respect to the same distributions, they shall be
13    jointly and severally liable.  If a person liable under  this
14    subdivision  is  insolvent, all controlling affiliates at the
15    time the distribution was paid shall be jointly and severally
16    liable for any resulting deficiency in the  amount  recovered
17    from the insolvent affiliate; and
18        C.  the  maximum amount recoverable under this subsection
19    shall be the amount needed in excess of all  other  available
20    assets of the insurer to pay its contractual obligations.

21        Section  609.  Liability  of  transferee  of  an  avoided
22    transfer.
23        A.  Except  as otherwise provided in this Section, to the
24    extent that a transfer is avoided  under  Section  604,  605,
25    606,  or  608  of this Act, the receiver may recover, for the
26    benefit of the estate, the property transferred,  or  if  the
27    court so orders, the value of such property, from:
28             (1)  the  initial transferee of such transfer or the
29        entity for whose benefit such transfer was made; or
30             (2)  any immediate or  mediate  transferee  of  such
31        initial transferee.
32        B.  An  officer,  director  or other person in control of
33    the insurer who knowingly participates in making  a  transfer
 
                            -66-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    voidable under Sections 604, 605, 606, or 608 of this Act, if
 2    such  person knew or should have known the insurer was or was
 3    about to become insolvent at the time of the transfer,  shall
 4    be  personally  liable  to the receiver for the amount of the
 5    transfer.  If the transfer was made within  120  days  before
 6    the  date  of  filing of a successful petition under this Act
 7    then it shall be presumed that such  person  knew  or  should
 8    have known the insurer was or was about to become insolvent.
 9        C.  The  receiver  may  not recover under Section A(2) of
10    this Section from:
11             (1)  a transferee  who  or  that  takes  for  value,
12        including  satisfaction  or  securing  of  a  present  or
13        antecedent  debt, in good faith, and without knowledge of
14        the voidability of the transfer avoided; or
15             (2)  any immediate or mediate good faith  transferee
16        of such transferee.
17        D.  A  transfer  that  is  voidable  only  under  Section
18    605B(3)  may  not  be  recovered  under  this  Section from a
19    transferee that is not:
20             (1)  an officer or director of the insurer;
21             (2)  an employee, attorney or other person who  was,
22        in  fact,  in  a position to effect a level of control or
23        influence over the actions of the insurer  comparable  to
24        that of an officer, whether or not the person held such a
25        position; or
26             (3)  any  shareholder owning or controlling directly
27        or indirectly more than 10% of any class  of  any  equity
28        security  issued  by  the  insurer,  or any other person,
29        firm, corporation, association, or aggregation of persons
30        with whom the insurer did not deal at arm's length.
31        E.  (1)  A good faith transferee from whom  the  receiver
32    may  recover under subsection A of this Section has a lien on
33    the property received to secure the lesser of:
34                  (a)  the  cost,  to  such  transferee,  of  any
 
                            -67-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             improvement made after the transfer, less the amount
 2             of any  profit  realized  by  or  accruing  to  such
 3             transferee from such property; and
 4                  (b)  any increase in the value of such property
 5             as  a  result  of  such improvement, of the property
 6             transferred.
 7             (2)  In this subsection, "improvement" includes:
 8                  (a)  physical  additions  or  changes  to   the
 9             property transferred;
10                  (b)  repairs to such property;
11                  (c)  payment of any tax on such property;
12                  (d)  payment  of  any debt secured by a lien on
13             such property that  is  superior  or  equal  to  the
14             rights of the receiver; and
15                  (e)  preservation of such property.
16        F.  An action or proceeding under this Section may not be
17    commenced after the earlier of:
18             (1)  one year after the avoidance of the transfer on
19        account  of  which recovery under this Section is sought;
20        or
21             (2)  the time the receivership proceeding is  closed
22        or dismissed.

23        Section 610.  Automatic preservation of avoided transfer.
24    Any transfer avoided under Sections 604, 605, 606, 608 or 609
25    of this Act  is preserved for the benefit of the receivership
26    but only with respect to property of the insurer.

27        Section 611.  Setoff.
28        A.  Mutual debts or mutual credits whether arising out of
29    one or more contracts between an insurer that is subject to a
30    receivership  proceeding  under  this  Act and another person
31    shall be set off and the balance only  shall  be  allowed  or
32    paid  except as provided in subsections B of this Section and
 
                            -68-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    in Sections 602 and 615A(4).
 2        B.  No setoff shall be allowed in  favor  of  any  person
 3    when:
 4             (1)  the  obligation  of  the  insurer to the person
 5        would not at the date of the filing  of  a  petition  for
 6        receivership entitle the person to share as a claimant in
 7        the assets of the insurer;
 8             (2)  the obligation of the insurer to the person was
 9        purchased  by or transferred to the person with a view to
10        its being used as a setoff;
11             (3)  the obligation of the insurer  is  owed  to  an
12        affiliate   of   such  person  or  any  other  entity  or
13        association other than the person;
14             (4)  the obligation of the  person  is  owed  to  an
15        affiliate   of   the  insurer  or  any  other  entity  or
16        association other than the insurer;
17             (5)  the obligation of  the  person  is  to  pay  an
18        assessment  levied  against the members or subscribers of
19        the insurer, is to pay a balance upon a  subscription  to
20        the  capital stock of the insurer, or is in any other way
21        in the nature of a capital contribution; or
22             (6)  the obligations  between  the  person  and  the
23        insurer  arise  out  of  transactions by which either the
24        person or the insurer has assumed risks  and  obligations
25        from  the  other  party  and  then has ceded back to that
26        party  substantially  the  same  risks  and  obligations.
27        Notwithstanding the provisions of  this  subsection,  the
28        receiver may permit setoffs if in his or her discretion a
29        setoff  is  appropriate because of specific circumstances
30        relating to a transaction.
31        C.  The provisions of subsection  B(6)  of  this  Section
32    shall apply to all contracts entered into, renewed, extended,
33    or amended on or after the effective date of this Act, and to
34    debts or credits arising from any business written after such
 
                            -69-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    date  pursuant  to  any  such  contract. For purposes of this
 2    subsection, any change in the terms of or  consideration  for
 3    any  such  contract  shall  be  deemed  an  amendment  of the
 4    contract.

 5        Section 612.  Qualified financial contracts.
 6        A.  Notwithstanding any  other  provision  of  this  Act,
 7    including  any  other  provision  of  this Act permitting the
 8    modification of contracts, or other law of a state, no person
 9    shall be stayed or prohibited from exercising:
10             (1)  any contractual right to  terminate,  liquidate
11        or close out any netting agreement or qualified financial
12        contract with an insurer because of:
13                  (a)  the  insolvency,  financial  condition  or
14             default  of  the  insurer at any time, provided that
15             such right is enforceable under applicable law other
16             than this Act; or
17                  (b)  the   commencement   of   a   receivership
18             proceeding  under this Act;
19             (2)  any right under a pledge, security,  collateral
20        or  guarantee  agreement  or  any  other similar security
21        arrangement or credit  support  document  relating  to  a
22        netting agreement or qualified financial contract; or
23             (3)  subject to any provision of Section 611 of this
24        Act,  any  right  to  set  off or net out any termination
25        value,  payment  amount,  or  other  transfer  obligation
26        arising under or in connection with a  netting  agreement
27        or  qualified financial contract where the counterpart or
28        its guarantor is organized under the laws of  the  United
29        States or a state or foreign jurisdiction approved by the
30        Securities Valuation Office (SVO) of the NAIC as eligible
31        for netting.
32        B.  Upon  termination  of a netting agreement, the net or
33    settlement amount, if any, owed by a non-defaulting party  to
 
                            -70-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    an  insurer against which an application or petition has been
 2    filed under this Act shall be transferred to or on the  order
 3    of  the receiver for such insurer, even if the insurer is the
 4    defaulting  party,  notwithstanding  any  provision  in   the
 5    netting  agreement  that  may provide that the non-defaulting
 6    party is not required to pay any net or settlement amount due
 7    to  the  defaulting  party  upon  termination.   Any  limited
 8    two-way payment provision in  a  netting  agreement  with  an
 9    insurer  that  has  defaulted  shall  be  deemed to be a full
10    two-way payment provision as against the defaulting  insurer.
11    Any such property or amount shall, except to the extent it is
12    subject  to one or more secondary liens or encumbrances, be a
13    general asset of the insurer.
14        C.  In making any transfer  of  a  netting  agreement  or
15    qualified financial contract of an insurer concerning which a
16    receivership  proceeding  is  pending  under  this  Act,  the
17    receiver shall either:
18             (1)  transfer  to  one  party (other than an insurer
19        subject to a  proceeding  under  this  Act)  all  netting
20        agreements  and  qualified  financial contracts between a
21        counterpart or any affiliate of such counterpart and  the
22        insurer that is the subject of the proceeding, including:
23                  (a)  all  rights  and obligations of each party
24             under each  such  netting  agreement  and  qualified
25             financial contract; and
26                  (b)  all  property, including any guarantees or
27             credit support documents,  securing  any  claims  of
28             each  party  under  each  such netting agreement and
29             qualified financial contract; or
30             (2)  transfer  none  of  the   netting   agreements,
31        qualified  financial  contracts,  rights,  obligations or
32        property referred to in paragraph (1)  (with  respect  to
33        such    counter-party   and   any   affiliate   of   such
34        counter-party).
 
                            -71-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        D.  If a receiver for an insurer makes  any  transfer  of
 2    one  or  more netting agreements, then the receiver shall use
 3    its best efforts to notify any person who  is  party  to  the
 4    netting  agreements  of  the  transfer  by  12:00  noon  (the
 5    receiver's  local  time)  on  the  business day following the
 6    transfer.  For purposes  of  this  subsection,  business  day
 7    means  any  day  other  than a Saturday, Sunday or any day on
 8    which either the New  York  Stock  Exchange  or  the  Federal
 9    Reserve Bank of New York is closed.
10        E.  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision of this Act, a
11    receiver may  not  avoid  any  transfer  of  money  or  other
12    property  arising  under  or  in  connection  with  a netting
13    agreement (or any pledge, security, collateral  or  guarantee
14    agreement or any other similar security arrangement or credit
15    support  document  relating  to  a netting agreement) that is
16    made before the commencement  of  a  receivership  proceeding
17    under  this  Act.   However,  a transfer may be avoided under
18    Section 609 of this Act if the transfer was made with  actual
19    intent  to  hinder,  delay or defraud the insurer, a receiver
20    appointed for the insurer or existing or future creditors.
21        F.  In exercising any of its powers  under  this  Act  to
22    reject  or  repudiate  a netting agreement, the receiver must
23    take such action with respect  to each netting agreement  and
24    all transactions entered into in connection therewith, in its
25    entirety.   Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Act,
26    any claim of a counter-party against the estate arising  from
27    the   receiver's   rejection  or  repudiation  of  a  netting
28    agreement  that  has  not  been  previously  assumed  by  the
29    receiver  shall  be  determined  and  shall  be  allowed   or
30    disallowed as if such claim had arisen before the date of the
31    filing  of the petition under this Act, provided that no such
32    claim shall be allowed to have a priority  greater  than  the
33    claim  of  a general creditor.  The amount of the claim shall
34    be the actual direct compensatory damages  determined  as  of
 
                            -72-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    the  date  of  the  rejection  or  repudiation of the netting
 2    agreement.  The  term actual direct compensatory damages does
 3    not include punitive or exemplary damages, damages  for  lost
 4    profit or lost opportunity or damages for pain and suffering,
 5    but  does  include  normal  and  reasonable costs of cover or
 6    other  reasonable  measures  of  damages  utilized   in   the
 7    derivatives market for the contract and agreement claims.
 8        G.  The  term  contractual  right as used in this Section
 9    includes any right, whether  or  not  evidenced  in  writing,
10    arising  under  statutory or common law, a rule or bylaw of a
11    national securities exchange,  national  securities  clearing
12    organization  or securities clearing agency, a rule or bylaw,
13    or a resolution of the governing body, of a  contract  market
14    or its clearing organization, or under law merchant.
15        H.  The  provisions  of  this  Section shall not apply to
16    persons who are affiliates of the insurer that is the subject
17    of the receivership proceeding.
18        I.  All rights of counter-parties under  this  Act  shall
19    apply  to  netting  agreements  entered into on behalf of the
20    general account or separate accounts if the  assets  of  each
21    separate  account  are  available  only to counter-parties to
22    netting agreements entered into on behalf  of  that  separate
23    account.

24        Section   613.  Recovery   from  reinsurers.   Except  as
25    provided in  Section  614,  the  amount  recoverable  by  the
26    receiver  from reinsurers shall not be reduced as a result of
27    the filing of a proceeding under this Act, regardless of  any
28    provision in the reinsurance contract or other agreement.

29        Section  614.  Cut-through  provisions.  If a reinsurance
30    contract or other written agreement is entered into prior  to
31    the  receivership  proceeding and is not otherwise prohibited
32    by law and expressly  provides  for  another  payee  of  such
 
                            -73-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    reinsurance  in  the  event  of  the insolvency of the ceding
 2    insurer, any payment made or due to such  third  party  under
 3    such contract or other written agreement shall be a reduction
 4    to  the  amount due the receiver.  Except as provided in this
 5    Section, payment made directly to an insured or  other  payee
 6    shall   not  diminish  the   reinsurer's  obligation  to  the
 7    insurer's estate.

 8        Section 615.  Life and health reinsurance.
 9        A.  At any time within one year after the date  on  which
10    any  life  or health guaranty association becomes responsible
11    for the obligations of a member insurer (the coverage  date),
12    the  guaranty  association may elect to succeed to the rights
13    and obligations of the member insurer that accrue on or after
14    the coverage date and that relate to  contracts  covered  (in
15    whole  or in part) by the guaranty association, under any one
16    or more indemnity reinsurance agreement(s)  entered  into  by
17    the  member  insurer  as a ceding insurer and selected by the
18    guaranty association; provided, however,  that  the  guaranty
19    association  may  not exercise any such election with respect
20    to a reinsurance agreement if  the  receiver  of  the  member
21    insurer has previously and expressly rejected the reinsurance
22    agreement.  The election shall be effected by a notice to the
23    receiver  and  to the affected reinsurer(s).  If the guaranty
24    association makes an election, subsections A(1) through  A(4)
25    below  shall apply with respect to the agreements selected by
26    the guaranty association:
27             (1)  the guaranty association shall  be  responsible
28        for  all  unpaid premiums due under the agreement(s) (for
29        periods both before and after  the  coverage  date),  and
30        shall  be  responsible  for  the performance of all other
31        obligations to be performed after the coverage  date,  in
32        each case which relates to contracts covered (in whole or
33        in part) by the guaranty association. The term "premiums"
 
                            -74-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        as  used  in this subsection is intended to include other
 2        routine,  periodic,  monetary  considerations,  such   as
 3        reserve  adjustments  pursuant  to  modified  coinsurance
 4        agreements,  necessary  to  keep the contracts in effect.
 5        The guaranty association may charge contracts covered  in
 6        part  by  the  guaranty  association,  through reasonable
 7        allocation methods, the costs for reinsurance  in  excess
 8        of the obligations of the guaranty association;
 9             (2)  the  guaranty  association shall be entitled to
10        any  amounts  payable  by  the    reinsurer   under   the
11        agreement(s)  with respect to losses or events that occur
12        in periods after the coverage date  and  that  relate  to
13        contracts  covered  by the guaranty association (in whole
14        or in part), provided that,  upon  receipt  of  any  such
15        amounts, the guaranty association shall be obliged to pay
16        to  the  beneficiary  under  the  policy  or  contract on
17        account of which the amounts were paid a portion  of  the
18        amount  equal to the excess of (i) the amount received by
19        the guaranty association, over (ii)  the benefits paid by
20        the guaranty association on  account  of  the  policy  or
21        contract  less the retention of the impaired or insolvent
22        member insurer applicable to the loss or event;
23             (3)  within   30   days   following   the   guaranty
24        association's election, the guaranty association and each
25        indemnity reinsurer shall calculate the net  balance  due
26        to  or  from  the  guaranty  association  under each such
27        reinsurance agreement(s) as of the date of  the  guaranty
28        association's election, which calculation shall give full
29        credit to all items paid by either the member insurer (or
30        its  receiver)  or  the  indemnity  reinsurer  during the
31        period between the coverage date  and  the  date  of  the
32        guaranty  association's  election.   Either  the guaranty
33        association or indemnity  reinsurer  shall  pay  the  net
34        balance  due the other within 5 days of the completion of
 
                            -75-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        the  aforementioned  calculation.    If   the   receiver,
 2        rehabilitator  or liquidator has received any amounts due
 3        the guaranty association pursuant to subsection  A(2)  of
 4        this  Section,  the  receiver shall remit the same to the
 5        guaranty association as promptly as practicable, and
 6             (4)  if the guaranty association, within 60 days  of
 7        the  election,  pays  the  premiums  due for periods both
 8        before  and  after  the  coverage  date  that  relate  to
 9        contracts covered by the guaranty association  (in  whole
10        or  in  part),  the  reinsurer  shall  not be entitled to
11        terminate the reinsurance agreement(s)  (insofar  as  the
12        agreement(s)  relate to contracts covered by the guaranty
13        association (in whole or  in  part))  and  shall  not  be
14        entitled  to  set  off any unpaid premium due for periods
15        prior to  the  coverage  date  against  amounts  due  the
16        guaranty  association.  The term premiums as used in this
17        subsection  is  intended  to   include   other   routine,
18        periodic,   monetary   considerations,  such  as  reserve
19        adjustments pursuant to modified coinsurance  agreements,
20        necessary to keep the contracts in effect.
21        B.  In  the  event the guaranty association transfers its
22    obligations  to  another  insurer,  and   if   the   guaranty
23    association  and  the  other insurer agree, the other insurer
24    shall succeed to the rights and obligations of  the  guaranty
25    association  under  subsection  A  effective  as  of the date
26    agreed upon by the guaranty association and the other insurer
27    and regardless of whether the guaranty association  has  made
28    the election referred to above in subsection A provided that:
29             (1)  the  indemnity  reinsurance  agreement(s) shall
30        automatically terminate for new  reinsurance  unless  the
31        indemnity  reinsurer  and  the other insurer agree to the
32        contrary;
33             (2)  the obligations described  in  the  proviso  to
34        subsection  A(2) above shall no longer apply on and after
 
                            -76-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        the  date  the   indemnity   reinsurance   agreement   is
 2        transferred to the third party insurer; and
 3             (3)  this  subsection  B  shall  not  apply  if  the
 4        guaranty  association has previously expressly determined
 5        in  writing  that  it  will  not  exercise  the  election
 6        referred to in subsection A.
 7        C.  The provisions of this Section  shall  supersede  the
 8    provisions  of  any  law  of  this  State  or of any affected
 9    reinsurance agreement(s) that  provide  for  or  require  any
10    payment  of  reinsurance  proceeds,  on  account of losses or
11    events that occur in periods after the coverage date, to  the
12    receiver  of  the  insolvent  member  insurer.  The receiver,
13    rehabilitator or liquidator  shall  remain  entitled  to  any
14    amounts  payable  by  the  reinsurer  under  the  reinsurance
15    agreement(s)  with  respect to losses or events that occur in
16    periods prior to the coverage  date  (subject  to  applicable
17    setoff provisions).
18        D.  Except as otherwise expressly provided above, nothing
19    herein  shall alter or modify the terms and conditions of the
20    indemnity reinsurance  agreements  of  the  insolvent  member
21    insurer.   Nothing  herein shall abrogate or limit any rights
22    of any reinsurer to claim that it is entitled  to  rescind  a
23    reinsurance  agreement.   Nothing  herein shall give a policy
24    owner or beneficiary an independent cause of  action  against
25    an indemnity reinsurer that is not otherwise set forth in the
26    indemnity  reinsurance agreement.  Nothing herein shall apply
27    to  reinsurance  agreements  covering  property  or  casualty
28    risks.
29        E.  The provisions of Sections  807  and  808  shall  not
30    apply  to any reinsurance agreement(s) selected by a guaranty
31    association pursuant to subsection A of this Section or by an
32    insurer pursuant to subsection B of this Section.

33                  Chapter 7.  Creditors and Claims
 
                            -77-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Section 701.  Rights and liabilities of  creditors  fixed
 2    upon  liquidation.  The rights and liabilities of the insurer
 3    and of its creditors, policyholders, stockholders or  members
 4    and  all  other  persons  interested  in its assets, shall be
 5    fixed as of the date of the entry of the order of liquidation
 6    unless otherwise provided by order of the receivership court.

 7        Section 702.  Claims filing; late filing.
 8        A.  To the extent required, proof of all claims shall  be
 9    filed  with  the receiver in the form required by Section 703
10    on or before the last day  established  by  the  receivership
11    court,  which  date  shall  not be later than 18 months after
12    entry of the order of  liquidation  unless  the  receivership
13    court,  for  good  cause shown, extends such time, and except
14    that proofs of claim  for  cash  surrender  values  or  other
15    investment values in life insurance and annuities need not be
16    filed unless the receiver expressly so requires.
17        B.  Upon the rehabilitation or liquidation of any company
18    which  has issued policies insuring the lives of persons, the
19    Commissioner shall, within a reasonable time after  the  last
20    day  set for the filing of claims, make a list of the persons
21    who have not filed proofs of claim with him and whose  rights
22    have not been reinsured, to whom it appears from the books of
23    the  company, there are amounts owing on such policies and he
24    shall set opposite the name of each  person  such  amount  so
25    owing  to  such  person.   The  Commissioner  shall  incur no
26    personal liability by reason of any  mistake  in  such  list.
27    Each  person  whose name shall appear upon said list shall be
28    deemed to have duly filed prior  to  the  last  day  set  for
29    filing of claims a proof of claim for the amount set opposite
30    his name on said list.
31        C.  The  receiver  shall  permit a claimant making a late
32    filing to share in distributions, including a  ratable  share
33    of  distributions previously made, whether past or future, as
 
                            -78-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    if the claim were not late-filed,  to  the  extent  that  the
 2    payment  will not prejudice the orderly administration of the
 3    receivership, under the following circumstances:
 4             (1)  the existence of the claim was not known to the
 5        claimant and the claimant filed the claim as promptly  as
 6        reasonably possible after learning of it;
 7             (2)  the claim is filed pursuant to Section 712B; or
 8             (3)  the  valuation  under  Section  707 of security
 9        held by a secured creditor shows a  deficiency,  and  the
10        claim is filed within 30 days after the valuation.
11        D.  The  receiver  shall  permit guaranty associations to
12    file  claims  late  and  to  receive  a  ratable   share   of
13    distributions  previously  made  as  if  such claims were not
14    late.
15        E.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  receiver   may
16    consider and allow a late-filed claim which is not covered by
17    subsection  C and permit it to receive distributions as if it
18    had not been filed late, to the extent  such  treatment  will
19    not prejudice the orderly administration of the receivership.
20    The  late- filing claimant shall receive distributions in the
21    same percentage as other claimants in Class  7,  pursuant  to
22    Section 713 G.

23        Section 703.  Proof of claim.
24        A.  A  proof of claim shall consist of a statement signed
25    by or on behalf of the claimant  that  includes  all  of  the
26    following that are applicable:
27             (1)  the  particulars  of  the  claim, including any
28        consideration given for it;
29             (2)  the identity and amount of any security for the
30        claim;
31             (3)  the payments made on the debt, if any;
32             (4)  that the sum claimed is justly owing  and  that
33        there  is  no  set  off,  counterclaim, or defense to the
 
                            -79-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        claim;
 2             (5)  any right  of  priority  of  payment  or  other
 3        specific right asserted by the claimants;
 4             (6)  the  name  and  address of the claimant and the
 5        attorney who represents him or her, if any; and
 6             (7)  the  claimant's  social  security  or   federal
 7        employer identification number.
 8        B.  The  receiver  may  require that a prescribed form be
 9    used  and may require that other information and documents be
10    included.
11        C.  The receiver may  request  the  claimant  to  present
12    information  or evidence supplementary to that required under
13    subsection A at any time and may take testimony  under  oath,
14    require production of affidavits or depositions, or otherwise
15    obtain additional information or evidence.
16        D.  Any guaranty association shall be permitted to file a
17    single   omnibus  proof  of  claim  for  all  claims  of  the
18    association in connection with the payment of claims  of  the
19    insolvent  insurer.   The   omnibus  proof  of  claim  may be
20    periodically updated by the association and  the  association
21    may   be   required   to   submit   a  reasonable  amount  of
22    documentation in support of the claim.

23        Section 704.  Allowance of claims.
24        A.  The receiver shall review all claims  duly  filed  in
25    the  receivership proceeding and shall further investigate as
26    he  or  she  considers  necessary.    Consistent   with   the
27    provisions of this Act, the receiver may compound, compromise
28    or  in any other manner negotiate the amount for which claims
29    will be recommended to  the  receivership  court  unless  the
30    receiver  is required by law to accept claims as settled by a
31    person or organization,  including  a  guaranty  association,
32    subject  to  any  statutory  or  contractual  rights  of  the
33    affected  reinsurers  to  participate in the claims allowance
 
                            -80-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    process.
 2        B.  Except as provided in Section 705, a  contingent   or
 3    unliquidated  claim  may  not  be  allowed  unless such claim
 4    becomes absolute on or before the  date  established  by  the
 5    receivership court.
 6        C.  A  claim that is unmatured as of the date established
 7    by the receivership court  may  be  allowed  as  if  it  were
 8    mature,  except  it  shall be discounted at the higher of the
 9    legal rate of interest accruing on judgments or the  rate  of
10    interest  available  on  United States Treasury securities of
11    approximately the same maturity.
12        D.  A judgment or order against an insured or the insurer
13    entered after the date of the filing of a successful petition
14    for rehabilitation or liquidation and  a  judgment  or  order
15    against  an  insured  or  the  insurer entered at any time by
16    default or by collusion need not be considered as evidence of
17    liability or of the quantum of damages.  A judgment or  order
18    against  an  insured  or  the insurer entered within 120 days
19    before the filing of the petition need not be  considered  as
20    evidence of liability or of the quantum of damages.
21        E.  Claims   under  employment  contracts  by  directors,
22    principal officers or  persons  in  fact  performing  similar
23    functions or having similar powers are limited to payment for
24    services  rendered  prior  to  any order of rehabilitation or
25    liquidation.
26        F.  The total liability of the insurer to  all  claimants
27    arising  out  of  the  same act or policy shall be no greater
28    than its total liability would be were  the  insurer  not  in
29    rehabilitation or liquidation.
30        G.  Claims equal to or less than $50 shall be disallowed.

31        Section  705.  Allowance  of  contingent and unliquidated
32    claims.  A reported claim of an insured or third party may be
33    allowed, regardless of the fact that  it  was  contingent  or
 
                            -81-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    unliquidated as of the date established under Section 702, if
 2    any  contingency  is  removed in accordance with subsection A
 3    and the value of the claim is determined in  accordance  with
 4    subsection B.
 5        A.  A contingent claim may be allowed if:
 6             (1)  the   claimant   has  presented  proof  of  the
 7        insurer's obligation to pay  reasonably  satisfactory  to
 8        the receiver; or
 9             (2)  the  claim   was  based  upon a cause of action
10        against an insured of the insurer;  and
11                  (a)  it may be reasonably inferred  from  proof
12             presented  upon the claim that the claimant would be
13             able to obtain a judgment; and
14                  (b)  the person has furnished  suitable  proof,
15             unless  the  receivership court for good cause shown
16             shall otherwise direct, that no further valid claims
17             can be made against the insurer arising out  of  the
18             cause of action other than those already presented.
19        B.  An unliquidated claim may be allowed if:
20             (1)  its amount has been determined; or
21             (2)  its  amount remains undetermined, the valuation
22        of  the  unliquidated  claim  may  be  made  by  estimate
23        whenever the receiver determines that either  liquidation
24        of the claim would unduly delay the administration of the
25        receivership   proceeding   or  that  the  administrative
26        expense of processing and adjudicating the claim or group
27        of claims of a similar type  would  be  unduly  excessive
28        when  compared  with  the assets that are estimated to be
29        available for distribution with  respect  to  the  claim.
30        Any  estimate  shall  be  based  on an accepted method of
31        valuing  claims  with  reasonable  certainty,   such   as
32        actuarial evaluation.

33        Section  706.  Reserve  for  third  party  claims against
 
                            -82-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    insured.
 2        A.  If a third party asserts a cause of action against an
 3    insured, the third party may file a claim, which claim may be
 4    allowed as provided in Section 704 of this Act.
 5        B.  Whether or not the third party  files  a  claim,  the
 6    insured may file a claim on his or her behalf.  The receiver,
 7    in  his  or  her discretion, may elect to evaluate such claim
 8    under Section 705B or subsection C of this Section.
 9        C.  The receiver may estimate the amount of an  insured's
10    reported claim after consideration of the probable outcome of
11    any  pending action against the insured on which the claim is
12    based, the probable damages recoverable in the action and the
13    probable costs and expenses of defense.  Upon the  receiver's
14    petition  and  after  approval by the receivership court, the
15    receiver shall set aside funds equal to  the  dividend  which
16    would  be  payable  on  the  claim  as estimated, pending the
17    outcome of litigation and negotiation between the insured and
18    the third party.  The  receiver  may  reconsider  the  amount
19    withheld  under  this  subsection  on the basis of additional
20    information and petition the receivership court as he or  she
21    deems   appropriate.   After   notice   and  a  hearing,  the
22    receivership court may amend its  allowance  as  appropriate.
23    As  claims  against  the  insured  are settled or barred, the
24    claim of the insured shall be allowed and there shall be paid
25    from the amount reserved the same percentage dividend as  was
26    paid  on  other  claims  of  the  same priority, based on the
27    lesser of:
28             (1)  the amount actually due from the insured on the
29        basis of a judgment or by agreement with the third party,
30        plus the reasonable costs and expense of defense; or
31             (2)  the amount of  the  estimate  approved  by  the
32        receivership  court  and  for which provision was made in
33        accordance with this subsection.
34        After all claims are settled or barred, any sum remaining
 
                            -83-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    from the amount withheld shall revert  to  the  undistributed
 2    assets of the insurer.
 3        D.  If  several claims founded upon one policy are filed,
 4    whether by third parties or as claims by  the  insured  under
 5    this  Section, and the aggregate allowed amount of the claims
 6    exceeds the aggregate policy limits, the policy limits  shall
 7    be  apportioned  ratably  among  the allowed claims.   If any
 8    insured's claim is subsequently reduced under  subsection  C,
 9    the  amount thus freed shall be apportioned ratably among the
10    claims which have been reduced under this subsection.
11        E.  No claim may be allowed under  this  Section  to  the
12    extent  it is covered by any guaranty association.

13        Section 707.  Allowance of secured claims.
14        A.  The  value  of  security  held  by a secured creditor
15    shall be determined:
16             (1)  by converting the same into money according  to
17        the terms of the agreement pursuant to which the security
18        was delivered to the creditors; or
19             (2)  by   agreement,   arbitration,  compromise,  or
20        litigation between the creditor and the receiver.
21        B.  The determination shall  be  under  the  receivership
22    court's  supervision  and  control  with  due  regard for the
23    receiver's recommendation.  The amount  determined  shall  be
24    credited  upon  the secured claim and any deficiency shall be
25    treated as an unsecured claim.  If  the  claimant  surrenders
26    his  or  her security to the receiver, the entire claim shall
27    be allowed as if unsecured.

28        Section 708.  Preliminary notice of claims determination.
29        A.  After consideration  of  claims  in  accordance  with
30    Sections  704,  705,  706, and 707 the receiver shall provide
31    notice of his or her preliminary  determination  and  of  the
32    right   to   object   to   the  claimant  or  the  claimant's
 
                            -84-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    representative and to any reinsurer  which  is  or  would  be
 2    liable  to  the  receiver  in respect of the claim if it were
 3    allowed.  Notice  shall  be  sent  by  first  class  mail  to
 4    the intended  recipient's last known  address,  according  to
 5    the  receiver's  records,  and shall include a description of
 6    the claim proposed to be allowed or denied, the rationale for
 7    such allowance or denial, and the procedures  for  submitting
 8    objections to the receiver.
 9        B.  Within  60  days  from the mailing of the notice, the
10    claimant or the reinsurer may file  written  objections  with
11    the  receiver.  Any claimant or reinsurer who fails to object
12    on a timely basis  may  not  further  object  to  that  claim
13    determination.
14        C.  Whenever  an objection is filed with the receiver and
15    the matter is not resolved by the parties, the receiver shall
16    submit the claim with his or her final determination  to  the
17    receivership court in accordance with Section 711.

18        Section 709.  Claims of co-debtors.  If a creditor, whose
19    claim  against  an  insurer is secured in whole or in part by
20    the undertaking of another person, fails to  prove  and  file
21    that claim, the other person may do so in the creditor's name
22    and  shall  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of the creditor,
23    whether the claim has been filed by the creditor  or  by  the
24    other person in the creditor's name, to the extent that he or
25    she  discharges  the  undertaking.   In  the  absence  of  an
26    agreement with the creditor to the contrary, the other person
27    shall  not  be  entitled to any distribution until the amount
28    paid  to  the  creditor   on   the   undertaking   plus   the
29    distributions  paid on the claim from the insurer's estate to
30    the creditor equals the amount of the  entire  claim  of  the
31    creditor.   Any excess received by the creditor shall be held
32    by him or her in trust for the other person.  The term "other
33    person" as used in this Section, is not intended to apply  to
 
                            -85-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    a guaranty association.

 2        Section 710.  Approval of agreed claims.
 3        A.  Claims with respect to which no objection is filed on
 4    a  timely  basis under Section 708 shall be treated as agreed
 5    claims under this Section.
 6        B.  Unresolved disputes shall be determined in accordance
 7    with Section 711.
 8        C.  As soon as practicable, the receiver shall file  with
 9    the  receivership court a report of the agreed claims against
10    the insurer with his  or  her  recommendations.   The  report
11    shall  include  the name and address of each claimant and the
12    amount of the claim finally  recommended,  if  any.   If  the
13    insurer  has issued annuities or life insurance policies, the
14    receiver shall report the persons, according to  the  records
15    of  the  insurer,  to whom amounts are owed as cash surrender
16    values or other investment value and the amounts owed.
17        D.  Notice of the proposed allowance or  disallowance  of
18    any  claim  under  this Section shall be given as provided at
19    Section 524.
20        E.  The receivership court may, not sooner than  14  days
21    from  the  date  notice  was mailed pursuant to subsection D,
22    approve, disapprove or modify the receiver's claim report.

23        Section 711.  Denial of a claim.
24        A.  If the receiver denies a claim in whole or  in  part,
25    he or she shall provide notice of the final determination and
26    hearing  as  provided  at Section 524, by first class mail at
27    the last known address, according to the receiver's records.
28        B.  A hearing shall be held with  respect  to  the  claim
29    determination,  not  sooner than 14 days from the date notice
30    was mailed pursuant to subsection A.

31        Section 712.  Claim by creditor in  receipt  of  voidable
 
                            -86-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    transfer.
 2        A.  The  receivership  court  shall disallow the claim of
 3    any entity from which property is recoverable  under  Section
 4    609  or  that  is the transferee of a transfer voidable under
 5    Section 604, 605, 606 or 608 of this Act or similar provision
 6    of the laws of this State other than under this Act,   unless
 7    such entity or transferee has paid the amount, or turned over
 8    any  such  property,  for  which such entity or transferee is
 9    liable under said Sections.  If the avoidance is effected  by
10    a  proceeding in which a final judgment has been entered, the
11    claim shall not be allowed unless the money is  paid  or  the
12    property is delivered to the receiver within 30 days from the
13    date  of  the  entering  of  the  final  judgment, unless the
14    receivership court allows further time for an appeal or other
15    continuation of the proceeding.
16        B.  A claim arising by reason of the recovery of property
17    under Section 602 or 609, whether voluntary  or  involuntary,
18    may  be filed as an excused late filing under Section 702B if
19    filed within 30 days from the date of the avoidance or within
20    the further time allowed by the receivership court.

21        Section 713.  Priority of distribution.  The priority  of
22    distribution  from  the  insurer's general assets shall be in
23    accordance with the order in which each class  of  claims  is
24    set  forth  in this Section.  Every claim in each class shall
25    be paid in full or adequate funds retained for their  payment
26    before the members of the next class receive payment.  Except
27    as  provided  at subsection A(7) of this Section, Section 506
28    and Section 802E, subclasses shall not be established  within
29    a class.  The order of distribution of claims is as follows:
30        A.  Class  1.  The  costs and expenses of administration,
31    including, but not limited to, the following:
32             (1)  the actual and necessary costs of preserving or
33        recovering the insurer's assets;
 
                            -87-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (2)  reasonable  compensation   for   all   services
 2        rendered by or to the receiver;
 3             (3)  any necessary filing fees;
 4             (4)  the fees and mileage payable to witnesses;
 5             (5)  the   reasonable   expenses   of   a   guaranty
 6        association,   including  overhead,  salaries  and  other
 7        general  administrative  expenses,  allocable   to   such
 8        receivership,   to   include  administrative  and  claims
 9        handling  expenses  and  expenses  in   connection   with
10        arrangements  for  ongoing  coverage, other than expenses
11        incurred in  the  performance  of  duties  under  Section
12        531.12  and Section 547 of the Illinois Insurance Code or
13        similar duties under  the  statute  governing  a  similar
14        organization in another state;
15             (6)  the actual and necessary fees and expenses of a
16        supervisor  appointed  pursuant to Article XII 1/2 of the
17        Illinois Insurance Code if the   receivership  proceeding
18        was  preceded  by supervision pursuant to Article XII 1/2
19        of the Illinois Insurance Code and the fees were not paid
20        at  the  date  of  commencement   of   the   receivership
21        proceeding under this Act; and
22             (7)  unsecured  loan  and  other  credit obligations
23        incurred by the receiver.    Any  such  obligation  shall
24        have priority over all other costs of administration.
25        B.  Class  2.  All claims under policies, including third
26    party claims and  claims  under  nonassessable  policies  for
27    unearned premium.  All other claims of a guaranty association
28    not included in Class 1 or Class 5 and in the case of a life,
29    health  and  annuity  guaranty  association  all  claims as a
30    creditor  of  the  impaired  or  insolvent  insurer  for  all
31    payments of and liabilities incurred  on  behalf  of  covered
32    claims  or  covered  obligations  of  the insurer and for the
33    funds needed to reinsure those  obligations  with  a  solvent
34    insurer.   For  purposes  of  this  Section, "policies" shall
 
                            -88-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    include either those  insurance  company  products  that  are
 2    considered  policies  under  the laws of this State as of the
 3    effective  date  of  this  Act  or  those  insurance  company
 4    products that are considered policies under the laws of  this
 5    State   as  of  the  date  of  the  entry  of  the  order  of
 6    liquidation.
 7        If it is provided by written agreement, statute  or  rule
 8    that the assets in a separate account are not chargeable with
 9    the  liabilities  arising  out  of  any other business of the
10    insurer, that part  of  a  claim  that  includes  a  separate
11    account  shall be satisfied out of the assets in the separate
12    account equal to the  reserves  maintained  in  the  separate
13    account  under the separate account agreement.  The remainder
14    of the claim shall be treated as  a  Class  2  claim  to  the
15    extent  that  reserves  therefor have been established in the
16    insurer's general account pursuant to statute,  rule  or  the
17    separate account agreement.
18        Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following claims shall
19    be excluded from Class 2 priority:
20             (1)  obligations  of  the  insolvent insurer arising
21        out of reinsurance contracts;
22             (2)  obligations incurred after the expiration  date
23        of  the  insurance  policy  or  after the policy has been
24        replaced by the insured  or  canceled  at  the  insured's
25        request or after the policy has been canceled as provided
26        in  this  Act.  Notwithstanding this subsection, unearned
27        premium  claims  on  policies,  other  than   reinsurance
28        agreements, shall not be excluded;
29             (3)  any  claim which is in excess of any applicable
30        limits provided in the insurance  policy  issued  by  the
31        insolvent insurer;
32             (4)  any  amount  accrued  as  punitive or exemplary
33        damages unless expressly covered under the terms  of  the
34        policy; and
 
                            -89-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (5)  tort claims of any kind against the insurer and
 2        claims  against  the  insurer  for  bad faith or wrongful
 3        settlement practices.
 4        C.  Class  3.   Claims  of  the  federal  government  not
 5    included in Class 2.
 6        D.  Class  4.   Debts  due  to  employees  for   services
 7    performed  to  the  extent that they do not exceed $1,000 and
 8    represent payment for  services  performed  within  one  year
 9    before   the   filing  of  the  petition  for    receivership
10    proceeding.  Officers and directors are not entitled  to  the
11    benefit  of  this  priority.  This priority is in lieu of any
12    other similar priority that may be authorized by  law  as  to
13    wages or compensation of employees.
14        E.  Class 5.  Claims of general creditors not included in
15    classes  one  through  4,  including claims under reinsurance
16    contracts and claims of guaranty associations for assessments
17    not paid by the insurer.
18        F.  Class 6.  Claims of  any state or  local  government.
19    Claims,  including  those  of any state or local governmental
20    body for a penalty or forfeiture, are allowed in  this  class
21    only  to  the extent of the pecuniary loss sustained from the
22    act, transaction, or proceeding out of which the  penalty  or
23    forfeiture  arose, with reasonable and actual costs incurred.
24    The remainder of the claims shall be postponed to  the  class
25    of claims under subsection I.
26        G.  Class 7.   Late filed claims which would otherwise be
27    classified in Classes 2 through 6.
28        H.  Class  8.  Surplus, capital or contribution notes, or
29    similar  obligations,  and  premium  refunds  on   assessable
30    policies.
31        I.  Class 9. The claims of shareholders or other owners.

32        Section 714.  Domiciliary liquidator's proposal for early
33    access disbursements.
 
                            -90-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        A.  Within  120  days of a final order of liquidation the
 2    liquidator shall make application to the  receivership  court
 3    for approval of a proposal to make early access disbursements
 4    out  of marshaled assets,  to any guaranty association having
 5    obligations because of the insolvency.
 6        B.  The proposal shall at least include provisions for:
 7             (1)  reserving amounts for the payment  of  expenses
 8        of  administration  and  the payment of claims of secured
 9        creditors, to the extent of the  value  of  the  security
10        held,   and   claims   falling   within   the  priorities
11        established in Class 1 and,  to  the  extent  not  within
12        guaranty association coverage, Class 2 of Section 713;
13             (2)  initial disbursement of the assets marshaled to
14        date,  which  shall  be as soon as practicable and in any
15        case not later than 120 days after approval of the  early
16        access  plan, and subsequent disbursement of assets which
17        shall be at least annually;
18             (3)  equitable allocation of disbursements  to  each
19        of the guaranty associations entitled thereto;
20             (4)  the securing by the liquidator from each of the
21        guaranty  associations entitled to disbursements pursuant
22        to  this  Section  of  an  agreement  to  return  to  the
23        liquidator such assets, together with  investment  income
24        actually earned on assets previously disbursed, as may be
25        required  to  pay  claims of secured creditors and claims
26        falling within the priorities established in Section  713
27        in  accordance  with  such  priorities.  No bond shall be
28        required of any such guaranty associations;
29             (5)  a full report  to  be  made  by  each  guaranty
30        association  to  the liquidator accounting for all assets
31        so disbursed to the association, all  disbursements  made
32        therefrom,  any interest earned by the association on the
33        assets and any other matter as the receivership court may
34        direct;
 
                            -91-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (6)  disbursements to guaranty associations in  sums
 2        as  large  as  possible,  subject  to the limitations set
 3        forth in subsection B(1).  If the  liquidator  determines
 4        that  there  are  insufficient  assets to disburse at the
 5        time of any required disbursement, the  liquidator  shall
 6        make  application  to the receivership court, with notice
 7        to the affected guaranty associations pursuant to Section
 8        407B for approval of the determination not  to  disburse,
 9        stating the reasons therefor;
10             (7)  the  liquidator's  proposal  shall  provide for
11        disbursements to the  guaranty  associations  in  amounts
12        estimated  at  least  equal  to  the  sum  of:  (i) claim
13        payments and allocated loss adjustment  expenses  of  the
14        association,  and  (ii)  reserves  as  established by the
15        association for reported unpaid claims and allocated loss
16        adjustment expenses. Amounts used for (i) and (ii)  above
17        shall   be  those  reported  to  the  liquidator  by  the
18        association in its most recent financial  report  to  the
19        liquidator.   The  liquidator's  proposal  shall  further
20        provide  that  if  the  assets available for disbursement
21        from time to time do not equal or exceed the made  or  to
22        be made by the association then disbursements shall be in
23        the  amount  of  available  assets.  The liquidator shall
24        liquidate the assets of the  insurer  in  an  expeditious
25        manner, but is not required to make forced or quick sales
26        that would result in obtaining less than market value for
27        assets.    Unless   otherwise   provided   for   by   the
28        receivership court, the reserves of the insolvent insurer
29        as  reflected  in its records on the date of the order of
30        liquidation shall be used for purposes of determining the
31        pro  rata  allocations  of  initial  disbursements  among
32        eligible associations; and
33             (8)  the liquidator may not offset the amount to  be
34        disbursed  to  any  guaranty association by the amount of
 
                            -92-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        any special deposit or any  other  statutory  deposit  or
 2        asset  of the insolvent insurer held in that state unless
 3        such deposit has been forwarded to the association.
 4        C.  Nothing in this Section shall affect  the  method  in
 5    which life and health insurance guaranty associations compute
 6    their coverage obligations.

 7                        Chapter 8.  The Plan

 8          Subchapter I.  Filing and Court Approval of Plan

 9        Section 801.  Who may file a plan.
10        A.  Except  as  otherwise  provided in this Section, only
11    the receiver may file  a  plan  within  one  year  after  the
12    earlier  of  the  date  of  the  order  of  rehabilitation or
13    liquidation under this Act.
14        B.  Any party in interest may file a plan if and only if:
15             (1)  the receiver has not filed a  plan  within  one
16        year  after  the  earlier  of  the  date  of the order of
17        rehabilitation or liquidation under this Act; or
18             (2)  the receiver has not filed a plan that has been
19        approved by the  receivership  court,  within  18  months
20        after   the   earlier   of  the  date  of  the  order  of
21        rehabilitation or liquidation under this Act.
22        C.  On request of a party in  interest  made  within  the
23    respective  periods specified in subsections B(1) and B(2) of
24    this Section and after such notice as the receivership  court
25    deems  appropriate,  the  receivership  court  may  for cause
26    reduce or increase the time periods of either subsection.
27        D.  Once a plan has been filed, any party in interest may
28    object to the plan or propose modifications to it.

29        Section 802.  Contents of a plan.
30        A.  A plan shall:
 
                            -93-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (1)  except as provided  at  subsection  E  of  this
 2        Section,  provide  the  same  treatment for each claim or
 3        interest of a particular class, unless the  holder  of  a
 4        particular  claim  or interest agrees to a less favorable
 5        treatment of such particular claim or interest;
 6             (2)  provide   adequate   means   for   the   plan's
 7        implementation; and
 8             (3)  contain  adequate  information  concerning  the
 9        financial condition of the insurer and the operation  and
10        effect  of  the  plan,  in sufficient detail as far as is
11        reasonably practicable in light of the nature and history
12        of the insurer, the condition of the insurer's books  and
13        records  and  the nature of the plan.  Alternatively, the
14        plan itself may identify the sources of such  information
15        as  contained  in  the  document  depository  established
16        pursuant to Section 511 of this Act.
17             (4)  provide  for  the  transfer  of books, records,
18        documents and other information relevant  to  the  duties
19        and obligations covered by the plan;
20             (5)  provide  for  the notice to parties in interest
21        of the provisions of the plan and an  opportunity  to  be
22        heard; and
23             (6)  provide for the termination of the receivership
24        proceedings   and   discharge   of   the   receiver,   if
25        appropriate.
26        B.  A   plan   may   include  any  other  provisions  not
27    inconsistent with the provisions of this Act, including,  but
28    not limited to:
29             (1)  payment of a dividend pursuant to Section 805;
30             (2)  assumption  or  reinsurance of all or a portion
31        of the insurer's remaining liabilities by,  and  transfer
32        of assets to, a licensed insurer or other entity;
33             (3)  to   the   extent   appropriate,   provide  for
34        application  of  insurance  company   regulatory   market
 
                            -94-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        conduct  standards  to any entity administering claims on
 2        behalf of the receiver or assuming direct liabilities  of
 3        the insurer;
 4             (4)  contracting  with  a state guaranty association
 5        or  any   other   qualified   entity   to   perform   the
 6        administration  of  claims  covered and/or not covered by
 7        guaranty associations; and
 8             (5)  a provision for  annual  independent  financial
 9        and performance audits of any entity administering claims
10        on  behalf of the receiver which is not otherwise subject
11        to examination pursuant to state insurance law;
12             (6)  termination of the insurer's liabilities as  of
13        a date certain.
14        C.  If  the  receivership  court  has entered an order of
15    liquidation pursuant  to  this  Act,  any  plan  may  include
16    provisions which:
17             (1)  establish   a  liquidating  trust  pursuant  to
18        Section 806;
19             (2)  establish one or more  reinsurance  recoverable
20        trusts pursuant to Sections 807 and 809; or
21             (3)  require  mandatory  negotiation and arbitration
22        procedures pursuant to Section 809.
23        D.  If the insurer has provided life or health  insurance
24    products  or   annuities, the plan may modify and restructure
25    policies  and  insurance  contracts  or  provide   substitute
26    policies or contracts of insurance.
27        E.  As  to  claims which are classified under subsections
28    B, D or E of Section 713, a plan may designate and separately
29    treat one or more  separate  subclasses  consisting  only  of
30    those  claims  within such classes that are for or reduced to
31    de minimis amounts.  A de minimis amount shall be any  amount
32    equal to or less than a maximum de minimis amount approved by
33    the  receivership court as being reasonable and necessary for
34    administrative convenience.
 
                            -95-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Section 803.  Receivership court approval of plan.
 2        A.  After notice and a hearing,  the  receivership  court
 3    shall approve a plan only if it finds that:
 4             (1)  the   plan   complies   with   the   applicable
 5        provisions of this Act; and
 6             (2)  with  respect  to  each  class  of claims, each
 7        claimant of such class will receive or retain  under  the
 8        plan  on account of such claim property of a value, as of
 9        the effective date of the plan, that is not less than the
10        amount that such claimant would receive or retain if  the
11        insurer  were  liquidated  within  a  time period that is
12        reasonable.
13        B.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this  Chapter,
14    if the plan proposes to restructure or substitute policies or
15    contracts  of  life or health insurance or annuity contracts,
16    the receivership court may not approve the plan  unless  each
17    guaranty  association  whose  obligations are affected in any
18    way  by such modification or  restructuring  or  substitution
19    has given its written consent thereto.

20        Section  804.  Effect  of  receivership court approval of
21    plan.
22        A.  Upon its entry, the provisions  of  a  plan  and  the
23    order  approving  it  bind  the insurer, any entity acquiring
24    property under the plan,  all  policyholders,  creditors  and
25    equity holders of the insurer.
26        B.  Except  as  provided  in  the  plan  or  in the order
27    approving the plan, after  court  approval  of  a  plan,  the
28    property  dealt  with  by the plan shall be free and clear of
29    all claims and interests of creditors and equity  holders  of
30    the insurer.

31        Section   805.  Partial   and   final   distributions  or
32    dividends.
 
                            -96-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1        A.  Pursuant to a plan, a receiver may declare and pay  a
 2    partial  or final distribution or dividend to claimants whose
 3    claims have been allowed as provided in Chapter 7,  or  fixed
 4    as provided in subsection C of this Section.
 5        B.  In  determining  the  percentage  of distributions or
 6    dividends to  be  paid  on  such  claims,  the  receiver  may
 7    consider   the   estimated  value  of  the  insurer's  assets
 8    (including estimated reinsurance recoverables  in  connection
 9    with  the  insurer's  estimated liabilities for unpaid losses
10    and loss expenses and for incurred but  not  reported  losses
11    and  loss  expenses) and the estimated value of the insurer's
12    liabilities  (including  estimated  liabilities  for   unpaid
13    losses  and  loss  expenses and for incurred but not reported
14    losses and loss expenses).
15        C.  The estimation authorized pursuant  to  this  Section
16    may  be used for purposes of fixing a creditor's claim in the
17    estate and for determining the percentage  of  a  partial  or
18    final distribution or dividend.
19        D.  Nothing  in this Section or any other Section of this
20    Act, shall be construed as authorizing the receiver,  or  any
21    other entity, to compel payment from a reinsurer on the basis
22    of  estimated  incurred  but  not  reported  losses  or  loss
23    expenses,  or, except with respect to claims allowed pursuant
24    to Section 705, case reserves  for  unpaid  losses  and  loss
25    expenses.   The  obligation of reinsurers to make payments to
26    the insurer shall be determined  on  the  basis  of  reported
27    claims  that  have been allowed pursuant to Chapter 7 of this
28    Act.

29        Section  806.  Transfer  of  assets  and  liabilities  to
30    liquidating trust.  If there has been an order of liquidation
31    entered in the receivership proceeding then,  pursuant  to  a
32    plan,  a  receiver  may  establish  one  or  more liquidating
33    trusts.  In the case of a liquidating  trust  established  in
 
                            -97-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    connection with a plan for a property and casualty insurer:
 2        A.  Some  or  all of the insurer's assets and liabilities
 3    may be transferred to such trust.
 4        B.  For purposes of this Section:
 5             (1)  A "future claim"  under  this  Section  is  one
 6        which  is  incurred but not reported to the insurer as of
 7        the date the liquidating trust is established pursuant to
 8        this Section.
 9             (2)  A "future claimant" under  this  Section  is  a
10        person  who  has, or may have, a future claim against the
11        insurer.
12        C.  The receiver may declare  and  pay  distributions  or
13    dividends  as provided in Section 805 while reserving for the
14    benefit of future claimants a similar percentage dividend  to
15    be  paid  on future claims in accordance with subsection D of
16    this Section.
17        D.  Future claimants may share in  the  proceeds  of  the
18    liquidating  trust  only  when,  and  to the extent, that any
19    future claim is allowed pursuant to Chapter 7 of this Act.
20        E.  The  receiver  may  petition  the   court   for   the
21    appointment  of  a future claim representative who shall have
22    the power to represent the interests of those who may  assert
23    future  claims  against  the  insurer.   Notwithstanding this
24    subsection, a future claimant may elect to represent his, her
25    or its own interests and may opt out of being represented  by
26    the future claims representative.
27        F.  The  receiver  may  terminate liquidation proceedings
28    and dispose of property free and clear of the  obligation  to
29    future claimants or any other individual or entity as long as
30    such property was disposed of in accordance with this Section
31    and   other  applicable  provisions  of  a  Liquidation  Plan
32    authorized by Section 802.

33        Section  807.  Collateralization  of  case  reserves  and
 
                            -98-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    incurred but not reported losses.
 2        A.  Upon  the  entry  of  a   receivership   order,   and
 3    continuing   thereafter,  reinsurers  that  are  required  to
 4    collateralize their obligations to the  insurer  pursuant  to
 5    contract  or  Article XI of the Illinois Insurance Code shall
 6    be required to maintain such collateralization in  accordance
 7    with the terms of  the applicable law or contract.
 8        B.  Any  dispute  concerning  the  appropriate  amount of
 9    collateral  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with   the
10    procedure established in Section 809B.

11        Section 808.  Commutations.
12        A.  The  receiver  may,  in  his or her discretion, enter
13    into a voluntary commutation and release of  all  obligations
14    arising  from  reinsurance  agreements  entered  into  by the
15    insurer, subject to the approval of the court.
16        B.  Nothing in this Section, or any  other  provision  of
17    this  Act,  shall  be  construed  to  override  or impair any
18    provision in a  reinsurance  agreement  which  establishes  a
19    commercially  reasonable  and  actuarially  sound  method for
20    valuing  and commuting the obligations of the parties to  the
21    reinsurance   agreement;   provided,   however,   that   such
22    commutation  provision  shall  not  be  effective  if  it  is
23    demonstrated to the court that at the time such provision was
24    entered  into,  the  parties  had reasonable cause to believe
25    that the  insurer  was  insolvent  or  was  about  to  become
26    insolvent.    Any   such  contractual  commutation  provision
27    entered into within one year of the liquidation order of  the
28    insurer  shall  be  rebuttably  presumed to have been entered
29    into with reasonable cause to believe that  the  insurer  was
30    insolvent or about to become insolvent.

31        Section 809.  Mandatory negotiation and arbitration.
32        A.  (1)  The receiver may apply to the court, with notice
 
                            -99-               LRB9200955JSpc
 1    to the other party to the reinsurance agreement, for an order
 2    requiring  the  parties  to submit to a mandatory negotiation
 3    and arbitration procedure in accordance with subsection B  of
 4    this Section, if:
 5                  (a)  The  ratio  of  the  insurer's actuarially
 6             estimated casualty losses to the sum of (i) reported
 7             claims   on   casualty   losses   allowed   by   the
 8             receivership court and  (ii)  actuarially  estimated
 9             casualty losses, is  25% or less; or
10                  (b)  The  reinsurer's total adjusted capital is
11             at or below 200% of its authorized control level for
12             risk-based capital purposes.
13             (2)  For purposes of this subsection:
14                  (a)  "casualty  losses"  means  the   insurer's
15             aggregate  losses arising out of insurance contracts
16             in the  following  lines:  farm  owners  multiperil,
17             homeowners    multiperil,   commercial   multiperil,
18             medical  malpractice,  workers  compensation,  other
19             liability,  products  liability,   auto   liability,
20             aircraft  (all  peril)  and  international  (of  the
21             foregoing lines); and
22                  (b)  "actuarially  estimated  casualty  losses"
23             means   actuarially   estimated   incurred  but  not
24             reported casualty losses and estimated case reserves
25             for claims not yet allowed by the court.
26        B.  (1)  Within 90 days of the court's order pursuant  to
27    subsection  A  of  this Section, or from the date that either
28    party to a reinsurance agreement demands arbitration pursuant
29    to Section 807B, each party shall  provide  the  other  party
30    with  an  estimate of the liabilities between the parties and
31    all relevant documents and other information  supporting  the
32    estimate,  including but not limited to:  underlying premium,
33    commission and loss data; estimated incurred but not reported
34    losses; projected ultimate payout; net present value and  the
 
                            -100-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    discount factor proposed.
 2             (2)  If  the  parties  are unable to reach agreement
 3        within 90 days  following  the  submission  of  materials
 4        required  in  paragraph  (1)  of  this subsection, either
 5        party may initiate the arbitration procedure set forth in
 6        paragraph (3) of this subsection by providing  the  other
 7        party  with  a  demand  for  arbitration.   A copy of the
 8        demand shall be promptly provided to  the  court  by  the
 9        liquidator.
10             (3)  Venue  for  the arbitration shall be within the
11        district  of  the  court's  jurisdiction  or  such  other
12        location as may be agreed to by the parties.
13                  (a)  Within 30 days of the  responding  party's
14             receipt  of the arbitration demand, each party shall
15             appoint an arbitrator who is a disinterested  active
16             or inactive officer, executive or other professional
17             with  no less than 10 years experience in or serving
18             the  insurance  or  reinsurance  industry.   The   2
19             arbitrators shall appoint an independent, impartial,
20             disinterested  umpire  who  is an active or inactive
21             officer or executive of an insurance or  reinsurance
22             company.   If the arbitrators are unable to agree on
23             an umpire, each arbitrator shall provide  the  other
24             with  the  names  of  3  qualified individuals, each
25             arbitrator shall strike 2 names from  the    other's
26             list  and the umpire shall be chosen by drawing lots
27             from the 2 remaining individuals.
28                  (b)  Within 60 days following  the  appointment
29             of  the  umpire, the parties shall, unless otherwise
30             ordered by the  panel,  submit  to  the  arbitration
31             panel their estimates of the liabilities between the
32             parties and other documents and information relevant
33             to  the  determination  of  the  parties  rights and
34             obligations  under   the   reinsurance   agreements,
 
                            -101-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             including  but  not  limited to: underlying premium,
 2             commission and loss data; estimated incurred but not
 3             reported  losses;  projected  ultimate  payout;  net
 4             present value and the discount factor proposed.
 5                  (c)  The arbitration panel shall issue an award
 6             with respect to  the  parties  obligations  and  the
 7             court  shall  confirm  such  award  absent  proof of
 8             statutory  grounds   for   vacating   or   modifying
 9             arbitration  awards  under  the  Federal Arbitration
10             Act.
11                  (d)  The  time  periods  set  forth   in   this
12             subsection  may be extended upon mutual agreement of
13             the parties.
14        C.  Within 30 days of the issuance of the award  pursuant
15    to  a  receiver's  application  under subsection A(1) of this
16    Section in an arbitration commenced pursuant to Section  807B
17    over   the  appropriate  amount  of  collateral,  either  the
18    reinsurer shall post additional  collateral  or  the  insurer
19    shall  release  collateral,  as necessary to bring the actual
20    amount of the collateral to the amount provided  for  in  the
21    arbitration panel's award.
22        D.  Within  30  days  of  issuance  of  the award entered
23    pursuant to a receiver's application under subsection A(1) of
24    this Section, the reinsurer shall give notice to the receiver
25    that it
26             (1)  opts to voluntarily commute its liabilities  to
27        the  insurer  for the amount of the award in return for a
28        full and complete release of all liabilities between  the
29        parties, whether past, present or future; or
30             (2)  opts  not  to  commute  its  liabilities to the
31        insurer, in which case the reinsurer  shall  establish  a
32        reinsurance  recoverable  trust  in the amount of 102% of
33        the award.  The trust shall be established and maintained
34        in accordance with Section 810A.  The reinsurer shall pay
 
                            -102-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        the costs  and  fees  associated  with  establishing  and
 2        maintaining the trust.
 3        E.  If  the  reinsurer notifies the receiver that it opts
 4    to commute its liabilities pursuant  to  subsection  D(1)  of
 5    this Section, the receiver shall have 30 days to:
 6             (1)  accept  the reinsurer's offer and tender to the
 7        reinsurer a proposed commutation  and  release  agreement
 8        providing   for  a  full  and  complete  release  of  all
 9        liabilities between the parties, whether past, present or
10        future; or
11             (2)  reject the reinsurer's offer  in  exchange  for
12        the    reinsurer's   establishment   of   a   reinsurance
13        recoverable trust.  If the reinsurer's offer  to  commute
14        is  rejected  by  the  receiver  in  accordance with this
15        paragraph, the insurer shall share equally in  the  costs
16        and fees associated with establishing and maintaining the
17        trust  and  the  receiver  shall  not initiate procedures
18        pursuant to this Section for a period of 5 years from the
19        date of the  receiver's  notification  pursuant  to  this
20        subsection,  provided that the receiver and reinsurer may
21        still initiate procedures pursuant to Section 810E.

22        Section 810.  Reinsurance recoverable trust provisions.
23        A.  As used in this Section:
24             (1)  "Beneficiary" means the  domiciliary  insurance
25        Commissioner,  as  receiver of the insurer for whose sole
26        benefit a reinsurance recoverable trust is established.
27             (2)  "Grantor"   means   the   reinsurer   who   has
28        established a reinsurance recoverable trust for the  sole
29        benefit of the beneficiary.
30             (3)  A  "qualified U.S. financial institution" means
31        an institution that:
32                  (a)  is organized, or in the  case  of  a  U.S.
33             branch   or  agency  office  of  a  foreign  banking
 
                            -103-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             organization, licensed under the laws of the  United
 2             States  or  any  state  thereof and has been granted
 3             authority to operate with fiduciary powers; and
 4                  (b)  is regulated, supervised and  examined  by
 5             federal   or  state  authorities  having  regulatory
 6             authority over banks and trust companies.
 7             (4)  "Reinsurance recoverable trust" means  a  trust
 8        established pursuant to Section 809 of this Act.
 9        B.  The   trust   agreement   governing   a   reinsurance
10    recoverable trust shall:
11             (1)  be  entered  into  between the beneficiary, the
12        grantor and a trustee, which shall be a qualified  United
13        States financial institution;
14             (2)  create  a trust account into which assets shall
15        be deposited in accordance with Section 809 of this  Act.
16        All  assets  in  the  trust  account shall be held by the
17        trustee at the  trustee's  office in the United States;
18             (3)  provide that the  beneficiary  shall  have  the
19        right to withdraw assets from the trust, only
20                  (a)  if  the claim was a reported claim allowed
21             by the court pursuant to Chapter 7; and
22                  (b)  where the  beneficiary  has  notified  the
23             grantor, in writing, of the court's allowance of the
24             claim; and
25                  (c)  if and to the extent that the amount to be
26             withdrawn  exceeds  any setoff, permitted by Section
27             611, due to the grantor; and
28                  (d)  where 60 days has expired during which the
29             grantor has failed to either pay the claim  or  file
30             notice  of  a  written  dispute  with respect to the
31             claim  in  accordance  with   the   terms   of   the
32             reinsurance agreement; or
33                  (e)  if  the  beneficiary has complied with any
34             different or other  terms  and  conditions  mutually
 
                            -104-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             agreed  to by the beneficiary and the grantor in the
 2             trust agreement.
 3             (4)  require the trustee to:
 4                  (a)  receive assets and hold all  assets  in  a
 5             safe place;
 6                  (b)  determine that all assets are in such form
 7             that  the beneficiary, or the trustee upon direction
 8             by the beneficiary, may whenever necessary negotiate
 9             any such assets, without consent or  signature  from
10             the grantor or any other person or entity;
11                  (c)  furnish to the grantor and the beneficiary
12             a  statement of all assets in the trust account upon
13             its inception and at intervals no less frequent than
14             the end of each calendar quarter;
15                  (d)  notify the  grantor  and  the  beneficiary
16             within  10  days,  of any deposits to or withdrawals
17             from the trust account;
18             (5)  be made subject to and governed by the laws  of
19        this State;
20             (6)  prohibit  the  invasion of the trust corpus for
21        the purpose of paying compensation to, or reimbursing the
22        expenses of, the trustee;
23             (7)  provide that the trustee shall  be  liable  for
24        its negligence, wilful misconduct or lack of good faith;
25             (8)  provide   that  the  trustee  may  resign  upon
26        delivery of a written notice  of  resignation,  effective
27        not  less  than 90 days after the beneficiary and grantor
28        receive the notice and that the trustee may be removed by
29        the  grantor  by  delivery  to  the   trustee   and   the
30        beneficiary or a written notice of removal, effective not
31        less  than  90 days after the trustee and the beneficiary
32        receive the notice, provided that no such resignation  or
33        removal  shall be effective until a successor trustee has
34        been duly appointed and approved by the  beneficiary  and
 
                            -105-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        the  grantor  and  all assets in the trust have been duly
 2        transferred to the new trustee;
 3             (9)  provide that the grantor shall  have  the  full
 4        and  unqualified right to vote any shares of stock in the
 5        trust account.   Subject  to  other  provisions  of  this
 6        Section,  any  interest  or  dividends  paid on shares of
 7        stock or other obligations in the  trust  account,  shall
 8        remain in the trust;
 9             (10)  specify  categories  of investments reasonably
10        acceptable to the beneficiary and authorize  the  trustee
11        to  invest  funds  and  to  accept  substitutions, by the
12        grantor, that the trustee determines are at  least  equal
13        in  market value to the assets withdrawn provided that no
14        investment or substitution shall be  made  without  prior
15        approval   from  the  beneficiary,  which  shall  not  be
16        unreasonably or arbitrarily withheld;
17             (11)  provide that the beneficiary may at  any  time
18        designate  a  party  to  which  all  or part of the trust
19        assets  are  to  be   transferred.    Transfer   may   be
20        conditioned  upon  the  trustee  receiving,  prior  to or
21        simultaneously, other specified assets;
22             (12)  specify  the  types  of  assets  that  may  be
23        included in the trust account which shall consist only of
24        cash in United States dollars,  certificates  of  deposit
25        issued  by  a  United  States  bank and payable in United
26        States  dollars,  and  investments  permitted   by   this
27        State's  Insurance  Act  or any combination of the above,
28        provided  investments  in  or  issued   by   any   entity
29        controlling,  controlled  by or under common control with
30        either the grantor or the beneficiary of the trust  shall
31        not  exceed 5% of total investments.  Assets deposited in
32        the trust account shall  be  valued  according  to  their
33        current fair market value;
34             (13)  give  the  grantor  the right to seek approval
 
                            -106-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        from the beneficiary, which shall not be unreasonably  or
 2        arbitrarily  withheld, to withdraw from the trust account
 3        all or any part of the trust assets  and  transfer  those
 4        assets to the grantor, provided that:
 5                  (a)  the   grantor   shall,   at  the  time  of
 6             withdrawal, replace the withdrawn assets with  other
 7             qualified  assets so as to maintain at all times the
 8             deposit in the required amount; or
 9                  (b)  after withdrawal and transfer, the  market
10             value  of  the trust account is no less than 102% of
11             the award made pursuant to Section 809B(3)(c).
12             (14)  provide for the return of any amount withdrawn
13        in excess of the actual amounts required for  payment  of
14        reported  allowed  claims  under  paragraph  (3)  of this
15        subsection, and for interest payments at a  rate  not  in
16        excess  of  the  prime  rate  of  interest  on the excess
17        amounts withdrawn;
18             (15)  provide for  termination  of  the  reinsurance
19        recoverable trust in accordance with subsection F.
20        C.  Nothing  in  this  subsection  shall  be construed as
21    altering the rights or obligations of the parties pursuant to
22    contractual and statutory provisions providing for notice and
23    the determination of claims.
24        D.  The grantor shall, prior to  depositing  assets  with
25    the trustee, execute assignments or endorsements in blank, or
26    transfer   legal   title   to  the  trustee  of  all  shares,
27    obligations or any other  assets  requiring  assignments,  in
28    order that the beneficiary, or the trustee upon the direction
29    of  the  beneficiary,  may whenever necessary negotiate these
30    assets without consent or signature from the grantor  or  any
31    other entity.
32        E.  Either  party  may  request that an arbitration panel
33    review the amount held in a  reinsurance  recoverable  trust.
34    The   receivership   court  may  order  such  review  upon  a
 
                            -107-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    demonstration that the amount in trust is either 25% or  more
 2    deficient  or  25%  or  more  in  excess  of  the reinsurer's
 3    liabilities to  the  insurer.   Upon  such  a  demonstration,
 4    parties   shall  reinitiate  the  procedures  established  in
 5    Section 809B.
 6        F.  A reinsurance recoverable trust shall terminate  upon
 7    the earlier of:
 8             (1)  the  court  approval of a voluntary commutation
 9        between the  grantor  and  the  beneficiary  pursuant  to
10        Section 808;
11             (2)  the  mutual  agreement  of  the grantor and the
12        beneficiary; or
13             (3)  a finding by the court  that  the  grantor  has
14        discharged its liabilities to the beneficiary.
15    Upon  termination  of  the  trust  account,  all  assets  not
16    previously   withdrawn   by   the  beneficiary,  pursuant  to
17    paragraph  B(3),  shall,  with  written   approval   of   the
18    beneficiary, be delivered over to the grantor.

19        Section 811.  Liquidating trust provisions.
20        A.  As used in this Section:
21             (1)  "Beneficiary"   or  "beneficiaries"  means  the
22        creditors of the  insurer  for  whose  sole  benefit  the
23        liquidating trust is established.
24             (2)  "Grantor"   means   the  domiciliary  insurance
25        Commissioner, as receiver of the insurer, or his  or  her
26        designee.
27             (3)  A  "qualified U.S. financial institution" shall
28        have the same meaning as that term has in Section 810.
29             (4)  "Liquidating trust" means a  trust  established
30        pursuant to Section 806 of this Act.
31        B.  A  liquidating  trust  shall  be  established  by the
32    grantor for the benefit  of  the  beneficiaries,  subject  to
33    approval of the court.
 
                            -108-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        C.  A trust agreement governing a liquidating trust shall
 2    be  entered  into  between the grantor and the trustee, which
 3    shall be a qualified United States financial institution.
 4        D.  Assets  and  liabilities  of  the  insurer   may   be
 5    transferred  to  the  liquidating  trust  in  accordance with
 6    Section 806 and shall be held by the trustee at the trustee's
 7    office in the United States.
 8        E.  The  trust  agreement  entered   into   pursuant   to
 9    subsection B shall:
10             (1)  identify the beneficiaries of the trust;
11             (2)  enumerate  the  authority  and  duties  of  the
12        trust;
13             (3)  specify  the  types of assets and categories of
14        investments that may be held in the trust account;
15             (4)  provide that the trustee shall  be  liable  for
16        its negligence, wilful misconduct or lack of good faith;
17             (5)  be  made subject to and governed by the laws of
18        this State;
19             (6)  provide for the compensation of the trustee and
20        the expense of establishing  and  maintaining  the  trust
21        account;
22             (7)  provide for the distribution of trust assets to
23        beneficiaries of the trust; and
24             (8)  provide   for  termination  of  the  trust  and
25        distribution of any remaining assets in the trust account
26                  (a)  after  payments  have  been  made  to  all
27             beneficiaries,
28                  (b)  when insufficient assets exist to  warrant
29             maintaining the trust, or
30                  (c)  when  the amount of assets in the trust to
31             be distributed make it impractical or uneconomic  to
32             distribute to beneficiaries.
33        F.  The  trustee shall furnish to the grantor a statement
34    of all assets in the trust account upon its inception and  at
 
                            -109-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    intervals  no  less  frequent  than  the end of each calendar
 2    quarter.

 3               Chapter 9.  Post Plan-Approval Matters

 4        Section 901.  Unclaimed and undistributed funds.
 5        A.  Distributions or  dividends  remaining  unclaimed  or
 6    unpaid  in  the  receiver's possession for 6 months after the
 7    final  order  of  distribution  shall  be  handled  as  other
 8    unclaimed funds and shall be paid by  the  custodian  thereof
 9    without interest to the person entitled thereto or his or her
10    legal  representative  or  shall  be  presumed  abandoned and
11    handled pursuant to the provisions of the Uniform Disposition
12    of Unclaimed Property Act.
13        B.  Subject to the approval of  the  receivership  court,
14    after the completion of all post closure activities for which
15    moneys  were  reserved, any remaining reserved assets as well
16    as any other assets in the hands of the  receiver,  that  may
17    not  be  practicably or economically distributed to claimants
18    shall be deposited into a segregated account to be  known  as
19    the  closed estates fund trust account.  The Commissioner may
20    use moneys held in this account for paying the administrative
21    expenses of insurers subject to this Act that lack sufficient
22    assets to allow the Commissioner to perform his or her duties
23    and obligations under this  Act.   An  annual  audit  of  the
24    closed  estate  fund  trust  account  shall  be  performed in
25    accordance with Section 512 regardless of its balance.

26        Section 902.  Termination of receivership proceedings and
27    discharge of receiver.
28        A.  When all assets justifying the expense of  collection
29    and  distribution  have  been marshaled and distributed under
30    this Act, the receiver shall petition the receivership  court
31    to  terminate  the  liquidation  proceedings and to close the
 
                            -110-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    estate.  The receivership court may grant such  other  relief
 2    as  may  be  appropriate,  including  a full discharge of all
 3    liability and responsibility of the receiver,  a  reservation
 4    of assets for administrative expenses incurred in the closing
 5    of  the  estate.  The receiver may recommend to the court and
 6    the court shall direct which records should be  retained  for
 7    what periods of time and which should be destroyed.
 8        B.  If   the   dissolution  of  the  insurer's  corporate
 9    existence has  not  previously  been  ordered,  it  shall  be
10    effected  by  operation  of  law  upon  the  discharge of the
11    receiver, absent a contrary provision in the plan approved by
12    the receivership court.

13        Section  903.  Petition  to  reopen   proceedings.    The
14    Commissioner  or  other  party  in  interest may petition the
15    receivership court at any time to reopen the proceedings  for
16    good cause, including the discovery of additional assets.  If
17    the  receivership court is satisfied that there is good cause
18    for reopening, it shall so order.

19                  Chapter 10.  Interstate Relations

20        Section 1001.  Ancillary receivership proceedings.
21        A.  After the commencement of receivership proceedings in
22    a  non-compacting  reciprocal  state   against   an   insurer
23    domiciled in such state, a court of competent jurisdiction in
24    this  State shall on the Commissioner's petition appoint  the
25    Commissioner as ancillary receiver  in  this  State  of  such
26    insurer. The Commissioner shall file such petition if:
27             (1)  the   Commissioner   finds   that   there   are
28        sufficient  assets  of such insurer located in this State
29        to justify the appointment of an ancillary receiver; or
30             (2)  10 or more persons resident in a  state  having
31        claims  against such insurer file a petition or petitions
 
                            -111-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        in  writing  with   the   Commissioner   requesting   the
 2        appointment of such ancillary receiver.
 3        B.  As  ancillary  receiver,  the Commissioner shall have
 4    the right to sue for and reduce to possession  the  insurer's
 5    assets located in this State, and, subject to the domiciliary
 6    receiver's rights, the ancillary receiver shall have the same
 7    powers and be subject to the same duties with respect to such
 8    assets  as  the  domiciliary   receiver  possesses under this
 9    State's laws.
10        C.  The domiciliary receiver of an insurer domiciled in a
11    non-compacting reciprocal state shall, except as  to  special
12    deposits  and  security on secured claims pursuant to Section
13    1006, be vested by operation of law with the title to all  of
14    the  insurer's assets, property, contracts, agents' balances,
15    and all of the insurer's books, accounts  and  other  records
16    located  in this State, and shall have the immediate right to
17    recover balances due  from  resident  agents  and  to  obtain
18    possession of any  of the insurer's books and records located
19    in this State.

20        Section   1002.  Filing   and   proving   of   claims  of
21    non-residents against  domiciliary insurers.
22        A.  In any receivership proceedings begun in  this  State
23    against  an   insurer  domiciled  in  this  State,  claimants
24    residing in a non-compacting reciprocal state may file claims
25    either  with  the  ancillary  receiver,  if  any, or with the
26    domiciliary receiver.  All such claims must be  filed  on  or
27    before  the  last  date fixed for the filing of claims in the
28    domiciliary receivership proceedings.
29        B.  In any such proceeding, controverted claims belonging
30    to claimants residing in non-compacting reciprocal states may
31    either:
32             (1)  be proved in this State as provided by law; or
33             (2)  if ancillary proceedings have been commenced in
 
                            -112-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        such reciprocal state, may be proved  in  such  ancillary
 2        proceedings.  In the event a claimant elects to prove his
 3        or  her claim in ancillary proceedings, and, if notice of
 4        the claim and opportunity  to  appear  and  be  heard  is
 5        afforded  the  domiciliary  receiver  of this State, such
 6        claim, when allowed by the court  in  the  non-compacting
 7        ancillary state, shall be accepted in this State as final
 8        and  conclusive  as  to  its  amount,  and  shall also be
 9        accepted as final and conclusive as to its  priority,  if
10        any,  as  against  special  deposits  or  other  security
11        located within the non-compacting ancillary state.

12        Section 1003.  Proof of claims of residents in connection
13    with receivership proceedings in other non-compacting states.
14        A.  If  a  receivership  proceeding  is  commenced  in  a
15    non-compacting  reciprocal state against an insurer domiciled
16    in such state, claimants  against  such  insurer  who  reside
17    within  this  State may file claims either with the ancillary
18    receiver, if any, appointed  in  this  State  or  with    the
19    domiciliary  receiver.  All  such  claims must be filed on or
20    before the last date fixed for the filing of  claims  in  the
21    domiciliary receivership proceeding.  In any such proceeding,
22    controverted  claims  belonging to claimants residing in this
23    State may either:
24             (1)  be proved  in  the  non-compacting  domiciliary
25        state as provided by such State's law; or
26             (2)  if ancillary proceedings have been commenced in
27        this State, be proved in such ancillary proceedings.
28        B.  In  the  event that any such claimant elects to prove
29    his or her claim in this State, the claimant shall  file  his
30    or  her  claim  with  the  ancillary  receiver  in the manner
31    provided by this State's  law   for  the  proving  of  claims
32    against domiciliary insurers, and the claimant shall give, or
33    cause  to  be  given,  at  least 40 days prior to the date of
 
                            -113-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    hearing,  notice  to  the  receiver  in  the   non-compacting
 2    domiciliary  state,  either  by  mail or otherwise in writing
 3    that such claim is being made to such ancillary receiver  and
 4    the  nature and the amount thereof.  The domiciliary receiver
 5    shall be entitled to appear  or  to  be  represented  in  any
 6    proceeding  in  this  State involving the adjudication of the
 7    claim.  The allowance of the claim  by  this  State's  courts
 8    shall  be final and conclusive both as to its amount and also
 9    as to its priority, if any, against special deposits or other
10    security located within this State.

11        Section 1004.  Priority of preferred claims.
12        A.  In any receivership proceeding against a  domiciliary
13    insurer   of   this  State,  claims  owing  to  residents  of
14    non-compacting ancillary states  shall  be  deemed  preferred
15    claims  if, and only if, like claims are preferred under this
16    State's laws.  All such claims whether owing to residents  or
17    non-residents  shall  be given equal priority of payment from
18    general assets.  No law of a non-compacting  ancillary  state
19    providing  for preferred claims against the insurer's general
20    assets shall be recognized as  against  the  assets  of  this
21    State's  delinquent  domiciliary insurers regardless of where
22    such assets may be located.
23        B.  In any receivership  proceeding  against  an  insurer
24    domiciled  in a non-compacting reciprocal state, claims owing
25    to this State's residents shall be preferred if, and only if,
26    such other State's laws prefer like claims.

27        Section 1005.  Priority of special deposit  claims.   The
28    owners of special deposit claims against an insurer for which
29    a receiver has been appointed in a receivership proceeding in
30    this  or  any  non-compacting  state  shall be given priority
31    against their several special deposits in accordance with the
32    provisions  of  the  statutes  requiring  the  creation   and
 
                            -114-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    maintenance   of  such  special  deposits.   If  there  is  a
 2    deficiency in any such special deposit  so  that  the  claims
 3    secured  thereby  are  not  fully  discharged  therefrom, the
 4    claimants may share in the general assets, but  such  sharing
 5    shall be deferred until general creditors, and also claimants
 6    against  other  special  deposits who have received a smaller
 7    percentage from their respective special deposits, have  been
 8    paid percentages of their claims equal to the percentage paid
 9    from  such special deposit, it being this provision's purpose
10    and intent to equalize to this extent the advantage gained by
11    the security provided by such special deposits.

12        Section 1006.  Priority of secured claims.  The owner  of
13    a  secured  claim against an insurer for which a receiver has
14    been appointed in a receivership proceeding in this State  or
15    any  non-compacting state may surrender his security and file
16    his claim as a general creditor, or such secured claim may be
17    discharged by resort to the security, in  which  receivership
18    proceeding  the  deficiency,  if  any,  shall be treated as a
19    claim against the  insurer's general assets on the same basis
20    as claims of unsecured  creditors.   If  the  amount  of  the
21    deficiency  has  been adjudicated in ancillary proceedings as
22    provided in this Chapter, that amount  shall  be  conclusive;
23    otherwise, the amount of such deficiency shall be ascertained
24    and   determined  in  the  receivership  proceeding  in  such
25    insurer's domiciliary state.

26        Section 1007.  Right of domiciliary receiver to  residuum
27    of  assets  of insurers domiciled in non-compacting ancillary
28    states.
29        A.  The ancillary receiver  of  assets  located  in  this
30    State  of  insurers  domiciled  in  non-compacting reciprocal
31    states and subject to receivership proceedings therein shall,
32    as soon as practicable,  arrange  the  liquidation  or  other
 
                            -115-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    disposition  of  special  deposit  claims  and secured claims
 2    proved in the ancillary proceedings in this  State,  and  all
 3    remaining  assets,  after  payment  of expenses the ancillary
 4    receiver shall promptly transfer to the domiciliary receiver.
 5        B.  The  domiciliary   receiver   of   a   non-compacting
 6    reciprocal  state  may sue this State's ancillary receiver in
 7    this  State's  courts  for  the  purpose  of  collecting   or
 8    obtaining  any of the insurer's assets to which the ancillary
 9    receiver may be entitled under this State's laws, and, if  no
10    ancillary   receiver   is   appointed  in  this  State,  such
11    domiciliary receiver may collect or reduce to possession,  in
12    this State, and may sue in this State's courts to obtain, any
13    assets  of  such delinquent insurer located in this State, to
14    which the domiciliary receiver may  be  entitled  under  this
15    State's laws.

16        Section  1008.  Attachment and garnishment of assets.  In
17    the event of the commencement of receivership proceedings  in
18    any  non-compacting reciprocal state, no action or proceeding
19    in the nature of an  attachment,  garnishment,  execution  or
20    otherwise,  shall be commenced in this State's courts against
21    such insurer or its assets.

22        Section 1009.  Declaration of purpose.
23        A.  The purpose of  Sections  1001  through  1008  is  to
24    promote   uniformity   in  the  liquidation,  rehabilitation,
25    reorganization or conservation of insurers doing business  in
26    more  than  one  state.   It  is  intended that Sections 1001
27    through 1008 shall be liberally construed to the end that  so
28    far  as  possible  such insurers' assets shall be equally and
29    uniformly conserved in all states, and that claimants against
30    such insurers  shall  receive  equal  and  uniform  treatment
31    irrespective  of  residence  or  the  place  of  the  acts or
32    contacts upon which their claims are based.
 
                            -116-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        B.  The provisions of Sections 1001 through 1008 shall be
 2    effective only with respect to this State and other states in
 3    which:
 4             (1)  it is provided by law that only  the  insurance
 5        Commissioner  or  equivalent  supervisory official of the
 6        state shall be vested with title to the  assets  of,  and
 7        shall  wind  up the affairs of, delinquent insurers under
 8        judicial supervision; and
 9             (2)  in substance  and  effect,  the  provisions  of
10        Sections  1001 through 1008 are in force.  The provisions
11        of Sections 1001 through 1009 insofar  as  applicable  to
12        any  insurer  incorporated  or  organized  in  a  foreign
13        country,  shall apply only to the assets, liabilities and
14        business of such insurer within the several states.

15        Section 1010.  Uniformity  of  interpretation.   Sections
16    1001 through 1009 shall be so interpreted and construed as to
17    effectuate  their  general purpose to make uniform the law of
18    those non-compacting states that enact the  Uniform  Insurers
19    Liquidation Act.

20           Chapter 11.  The Interstate Compact Commission

21        Section  1101.  Cooperation with the Commission and among
22    compacting states.
23        A.  A compacting state and  its  agents,  representatives
24    and all other persons with authority over or in charge of any
25    part of the compacting State's compliance with the Commission
26    rules,  operating  procedures, bylaws and laws enacted in the
27    compacting states, shall cooperate with the Commission in the
28    performance of its  obligations  and  responsibilities  under
29    such  rules, operating procedures, bylaws and laws, and shall
30    take all  reasonable  actions  to  comply  with  such  rules,
31    operating procedures, bylaws and laws.  The duty to cooperate
 
                            -117-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
 2             (1)  to  reply  promptly  in  writing to any inquiry
 3        from the Commission requesting such a reply;
 4             (2)  to make available to the Commission, its staff,
 5        agents or designees any books,  accounts,  documents,  or
 6        other  records  or  information,  except as to privileged
 7        records,  data,  and  information,  or  property  of   or
 8        pertaining  to  the  compacting  State's  compliance with
 9        Commission rules, operating procedures and bylaws and  in
10        such  compacting  State's possession, custody or control;
11        and
12             (3)  to  fully  comply  with  any  Commission  rule,
13        operating procedure, bylaws and laws.
14        B.  Any  person  possessing  or  controlling  any   asset
15    located  in  a  compacting  state  which  is  an asset of any
16    insurer  in  receivership  in  any  compacting  state   shall
17    immediately  relinquish  possession and control of such asset
18    to the insurer's receiver.  The term "asset" as used in  this
19    subsection  shall  include  all  real  and personal property,
20    books,  records,  bank  accounts,  contracts  and  rights  of
21    action.
22        C.  Claimants residing in this or other compacting states
23    shall file claims with  the  domiciliary liquidator  in  this
24    or other compacting states in accordance with the domiciliary
25    State's laws.

26        Section  1102.  Interstate  enforcement  of  receivership
27    order.    A  copy  of  any  foreign  order  of  conservation,
28    rehabilitation or  liquidation  authenticated  in  accordance
29    with the act of Congress or the statutes of this State may be
30    filed in the office of the clerk of any circuit court of this
31    State.   The  clerk  shall treat such foreign judgment in the
32    same manner as an order of  conservation,  rehabilitation  or
33    liquidation  of  the  circuit  court  of Cook County of  this
 
                            -118-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    State.  An order so filed has the same effect and is  subject
 2    to   the   same  procedures,  defenses  and  proceedings  for
 3    reopening, vacating, or staying as a judgment  of  a  circuit
 4    court  of this State and may be enforced or satisfied in like
 5    manner.

 6                 Chapter 12.  Amendatory Provisions

 7        Section 1201.  The Illinois Insurance Code is amended  by
 8    changing  Sections  20, 34, 35A-25, 35A-30, 35A-40, 50, 59.2,
 9    60, 83, 107.06a, 107.08, 123C-11, 131.25, 141a, 147.3, 186.1,
10    232, 251, 310.1, 311.1, 324, 327, 331, 345,  347,  451,  545,
11    552, and 1108 as follows:

12        (215 ILCS 5/20) (from Ch. 73, par. 632)
13        Sec. 20. Authority to solicit subscriptions.
14        (1)  Upon  the  approval of the articles of incorporation
15    by the Director and  upon  compliance  with  such  reasonable
16    regulations  relating  to the offering and subscription of or
17    for shares as may be promulgated by the Director to  the  end
18    that no inequity, fraud or deceit may be worked or tend to be
19    worked  upon prospective subscribers to or purchasers of such
20    shares, he shall issue to the company a permit,  which  shall
21    expire  at the end of two years from its date, authorizing it
22    to solicit subscriptions in accordance with such regulations,
23    this Code and the form of subscription agreement  filed  with
24    him,  to  receive payment for its shares and to do such other
25    acts as may be necessary and proper in order to complete  its
26    organization  and  to  entitle it to receive a certificate of
27    authority to transact an insurance business.
28        (2)  No subscription for shares shall be solicited, until
29    such subscriptions or shares shall  have  been  qualified  or
30    registered in accordance with any law of this State or of the
31    United States requiring qualification or registration.
 
                            -119-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        (3)  If the Director finds that any company in process of
 2    organization  has  failed to comply with, or has violated any
 3    provision of the Code, he may  proceed  against  the  company
 4    under the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article
 5    XIII,  and  may after notice and hearing, if any provision of
 6    the Code or any regulation promulgated under  subsection  (1)
 7    has  been  violated,  revoke  the  permit  issued to it under
 8    subsection (1).
 9    (Source: Laws 1959, p. 1428.)

10        (215 ILCS 5/34) (from Ch. 73, par. 646)
11        Sec. 34. Procedure when insufficient assets possessed  by
12    company.
13        (1)  Whenever the Director finds that the admitted assets
14    of  any company subject to the provisions of this Article are
15    less than its  capital,  minimum  required  surplus  and  all
16    liabilities,  he  or  she  must  give  written  notice to the
17    company of the amount of the impairment and require that  the
18    impairment  be  removed within such period, which must be not
19    less than 30 nor more than 90  days  from  the  date  of  the
20    notice,  as he or she may designate. Unless otherwise allowed
21    by the Director, the company must discontinue the issuance of
22    new and renewal policies while the impairment exists.
23        (2)  Upon the receipt of the notice  from  the  Director,
24    the  board  of  directors  of  the  company  must  cause  the
25    impairment  to  be  removed  and  call  upon its shareholders
26    ratably for the necessary amount to  remove  the  impairment,
27    or,  by  proper  action,  reduce  its  capital  to  meet  the
28    impairment providing the reduced capital is not less than the
29    minimum  requirements  fixed  by  this Code or by other means
30    remove the impairment.  If  the  impairment  is  not  removed
31    within  the period of time designated, the Director may order
32    the board of directors to call upon its shareholders ratably.
33    If a shareholder of the company refuses or  neglects  to  pay
 
                            -120-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    the amount so called for after notice, given personally or by
 2    mail,  by  a  date stated in the notice not less than 15 days
 3    from the date of such notice,  the  Director  may  order  the
 4    board  of  directors to declare, by resolution, the shares of
 5    such person cancelled, and in  lieu  thereof  may  issue  new
 6    certificates  for  shares and dispose of the same at the best
 7    price obtainable not less than par. If  the  amount  received
 8    for  such  new  certificates  for  shares  exceeds the amount
 9    required to be paid by such shareholder, the excess  must  be
10    paid to the shareholder so refusing to pay his or her ratable
11    share of the impairment. Nothing contained in this subsection
12    may  be  construed to impose any liability on any shareholder
13    as a result of any call, enforceable in any manner other than
14    through a sale of his or  her  shares  as  provided  in  this
15    subsection.
16        (3)  If  the  impairment is not removed within the period
17    specified in the Director's  notice,  the  company  shall  be
18    deemed  insolvent  and the Director shall proceed against the
19    company in accordance with  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform
20    Receivership Law Article XIII.
21        (4)  If  while  the  impairment  exists  any  officer  or
22    director  of the company knowingly renews, issues or delivers
23    or causes to be renewed,  issued  or  delivered  any  policy,
24    contract  or  certificate  of insurance unless allowed by the
25    Director, and the fact of such impairment  is  known  to  the
26    officer  or director of the company, such officer or director
27    shall be guilty of a business offense and may  be  fined  not
28    less than $200 and not more than $5,000 for each offense.
29        (5)  Nothing   in  this  Section  prohibits,  while  such
30    impairment exists, any such officer, director, trustee, agent
31    or employee from issuing or renewing a  policy  of  insurance
32    when  an  insured or owner exercises an option granted to him
33    or her under an existing policy to  obtain  new,  renewed  or
34    converted insurance coverage.
 
                            -121-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    (Source: P.A. 90-381, eff. 8-14-97.)

 2        (215 ILCS 5/35A-25)
 3        Sec. 35A-25.  Authorized control event.
 4        (a)  An   authorized  control  event  means  any  of  the
 5    following events:
 6             (1)  The filing of an RBC Report by the insurer that
 7        indicates that the insurer's total  adjusted  capital  is
 8        greater than or equal to its mandatory control level RBC,
 9        but less than its authorized control level RBC.
10             (2)  The notification by the Director to the insurer
11        of  an  Adjusted  RBC  Report  that  indicates  the event
12        described in paragraph (1), provided the insurer does not
13        challenge the Adjusted RBC Report under Section 35A-35.
14             (3)  The notification by the Director to the insurer
15        that the Director has,  after  a  hearing,  rejected  the
16        insurer's  challenge  under Section 35A-35 to an Adjusted
17        RBC  Report  that  indicates  the  event   described   in
18        paragraph (1).
19             (4)  The   insurer's   failure   to   respond  to  a
20        Corrective  Order  in  a  manner  satisfactory   to   the
21        Director,  provided  the  insurer  does not challenge the
22        Corrective Order under Section 35A-35.
23             (5)  The  insurer's  failure   to   respond   to   a
24        challenged  or  modified  Corrective  Order  in  a manner
25        satisfactory to the  Director  after  the  Director  has,
26        after  a  hearing, rejected the insurer's challenge under
27        Section 35A-35 or modified the Corrective Order.
28        (b)  In the event of an authorized control  level  event,
29    the  Director  shall  take the actions required under Section
30    35A-20  regarding  an  insurer  with  respect  to   which   a
31    regulatory  action  level  event  has  occurred  or,  if  the
32    Director  deems  it  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of the
33    insurer's policyholders and creditors and of the public, take
 
                            -122-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    the actions necessary to cause the insurer to  be  placed  in
 2    receivership    under    the   Interstate   Compact   Uniform
 3    Receivership Law Article XIII.  In  the  event  the  Director
 4    determines  that  receivership  is  necessary, the authorized
 5    control level event shall be deemed  sufficient  grounds  for
 6    the  Director  to  take  action  under the Interstate Compact
 7    Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII, and the Director shall
 8    have the rights, powers,  and  duties  with  respect  to  the
 9    insurer  that are set forth in the Interstate Compact Uniform
10    Receivership Law Article XIII.  In  the  event  the  Director
11    takes  action under this subsection regarding an Adjusted RBC
12    Report, the insurer shall  be  entitled  to  the  protections
13    afforded   insurers  under  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform
14    Receivership Law Article XIII.
15    (Source: P.A. 88-364.)

16        (215 ILCS 5/35A-30)
17        Sec. 35A-30.  Mandatory control level event.
18        (a)  A mandatory control level event  means  any  of  the
19    following events:
20             (1)  The filing of an RBC Report that indicates that
21        the  insurer's  total  adjusted  capital is less than its
22        mandatory control level RBC.
23             (2)  The notification by the Director to the insurer
24        of an  Adjusted  RBC  Report  that  indicates  the  event
25        described in paragraph (1), provided the insurer does not
26        challenge the Adjusted RBC Report under Section 35A-35.
27             (3)  The notification by the Director to the insurer
28        that  the  Director  has,  after  a hearing, rejected the
29        insurer's challenge under Section 35A-35 to the  Adjusted
30        RBC   Report   that  indicates  the  event  described  in
31        paragraph (1).
32        (b)  In the event of a mandatory control level event with
33    respect to a life, health, or life and  health  insurer,  the
 
                            -123-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Director shall take actions necessary to place the insurer in
 2    receivership    under    the   Interstate   Compact   Uniform
 3    Receivership Law Article XIII.  In that event, the  mandatory
 4    control  level  event  shall be deemed sufficient grounds for
 5    the Director to take  action  under  the  Interstate  Compact
 6    Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII, and the Director shall
 7    have  the  rights,  powers,  and  duties  with respect to the
 8    insurer that are set forth in the Interstate Compact  Uniform
 9    Receivership  Law Article XIII.  If the Director takes action
10    under this subsection regarding an Adjusted RBC  Report,  the
11    insurer  shall  be  entitled  to  the  protections  of    the
12    Interstate  Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII. If
13    the Director finds that there  is  a  reasonable  expectation
14    that  the  mandatory  control  level  event may be eliminated
15    within 90 days after it occurs, the Director may delay action
16    for not more than 90 days after the mandatory  control  level
17    event.
18        (c)  In  the case of a mandatory control level event with
19    respect to a  property and  casualty  insurer,  the  Director
20    shall  take  the  actions  necessary  to place the insurer in
21    receivership   under   the   Interstate    Compact    Uniform
22    Receivership  Law  Article XIII or, in the case of an insurer
23    that is writing no  business  and  that  is  running-off  its
24    existing  business,  may  allow  the  insurer to continue its
25    run-off under the supervision of  the  Director.   In  either
26    case,  the mandatory control level event is deemed sufficient
27    grounds for the Director to take action under the  Interstate
28    Compact  Uniform  Receivership  Law  Article  XIII,  and  the
29    Director  has  the rights, powers, and duties with respect to
30    the insurer that are set  forth  in  the  Interstate  Compact
31    Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.  If the Director takes
32    action regarding an Adjusted RBC Report, the insurer shall be
33    entitled to the protections of the Interstate Compact Uniform
34    Receivership  Law  Article  XIII.  If the Director finds that
 
                            -124-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    there is a reasonable expectation that the mandatory  control
 2    level event may be eliminated within 90 days after it occurs,
 3    the Director may delay action for not more than 90 days after
 4    the mandatory control level event.
 5        (d)  In  the case of a mandatory control level event with
 6    respect to a health organization, the Director shall take the
 7    actions necessary to place the insurer in receivership  under
 8    the  Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII
 9    or, in the case of an insurer that is writing no business and
10    that is running-off its  existing  business,  may  allow  the
11    insurer  to continue its run-off under the supervision of the
12    Director.  In either case, the mandatory control level  event
13    is  deemed sufficient grounds for the Director to take action
14    under the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article
15    XIII, and the Director has the  rights,  powers,  and  duties
16    with  respect  to  the  insurer  that  are  set  forth in the
17    Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.  If
18    the Director takes action regarding an Adjusted  RBC  Report,
19    the  insurer  shall  be  entitled  to  the protections of the
20    Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.  If
21    the Director finds that there  is  a  reasonable  expectation
22    that  the  mandatory  control  level  event may be eliminated
23    within 90 days after it occurs, the Director may delay action
24    for not more than 90 days after the mandatory  control  level
25    event.
26    (Source: P.A. 91-549, eff. 8-14-99.)

27        (215 ILCS 5/35A-40)
28        Sec. 35A-40.  Foreign insurers.
29        (a)  Upon  the written request of the Director, a foreign
30    insurer shall submit to the Director an RBC Report as of  the
31    end  of the previous calendar year no later than the later of
32    the date an RBC Report would be required to  be  filed  by  a
33    domestic  insurer  under  this  Article  or 15 days after the
 
                            -125-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    foreign insurer receives the Director's  request.   Upon  the
 2    written  request  of  the  Director,  a foreign insurer shall
 3    promptly submit to the Director a copy of any RBC  Plan  that
 4    is  filed with the chief insurance regulatory official or any
 5    other state.
 6        (b)  In the  event  of  a  company  action  level  event,
 7    regulatory  action  level  event, or authorized control level
 8    event with respect to any foreign insurer as determined under
 9    the RBC statute applicable in the state of  domicile  of  the
10    insurer  or,  if  no  RBC  statute is in force in that state,
11    under the provisions of this Article, if the chief  insurance
12    regulatory  official  of the state of domicile of the foreign
13    insurer fails to require the foreign insurer to file  an  RBC
14    Plan  in  the manner specified under that state's RBC statute
15    or, if no RBC statute  is  in  force  in  that  state,  under
16    Section  35A-15, the Director may require the foreign insurer
17    to file an RBC Plan with the Director.  In  that  event,  the
18    failure  of  the foreign insurer to file an RBC Plan with the
19    Director is grounds to order the insurer to cease and  desist
20    from writing new insurance business in this State.
21        (c)  In the event of a mandatory control level event with
22    respect  to  any  foreign insurer, if no domiciliary receiver
23    has been appointed with respect to the foreign insurer  under
24    the  rehabilitation and liquidation statute applicable in the
25    state of domicile of the foreign insurer,  the  Director  may
26    make  application  to the circuit court of Sangamon County or
27    Cook County as permitted under the Interstate Compact Uniform
28    Receivership Law Article XIII with respect to the liquidation
29    of property of foreign insurers found in this State, and  the
30    occurrence  of  the  mandatory  control  level event shall be
31    considered adequate grounds for the application.
32    (Source: P.A. 88-364; 89-97, eff. 7-7-95.)

33        (215 ILCS 5/50) (from Ch. 73, par. 662)
 
                            -126-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Sec. 50. Authority to solicit subscriptions to surplus.
 2        (1)  Upon the approval of the articles  of  incorporation
 3    by  the Director he shall issue to the company a permit which
 4    shall  expire  at  the  end  of  two  years  from  its  date,
 5    authorizing  it  to  solicit  subscriptions  to  surplus   in
 6    accordance with this Code and to do such other acts as may be
 7    necessary  and  proper  in order to complete its organization
 8    and to entitle it to receive a certificate  of  authority  to
 9    transact an insurance business.
10        (2)  If the Director finds that any company in process of
11    organization  has  failed to comply with, or has violated any
12    provision of the Code, he may  proceed  against  the  company
13    under the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article
14    XIII,  and  may  after  notice  and hearing revoke the permit
15    issued to it under subsection (1) of this section.
16    (Source: Laws 1951, p. 1565.)

17        (215 ILCS 5/59.2)
18        Sec. 59.2. Formation of mutual insurance holding  company
19    and conversion of mutual company to stock company.
20        (1)  Definitions.   For the purposes of this Section, the
21    following terms shall have the meanings indicated:
22             (a)  "Converted company" means an Illinois domiciled
23        stock insurance company  subject  to  the  provisions  of
24        Article II, except as otherwise provided in this Section,
25        that  continues in existence after a reorganization under
26        this Section in connection with the formation of a mutual
27        holding company.
28             (b)  "Converted mutual holding  company"  means  the
29        stock corporation into which a mutual holding company has
30        been  converted  in  accordance  with  Section  59.1  and
31        subsection (13) of this Section.
32             (c)  "Eligible member" means a member as of the date
33        the  board  of  directors adopts a plan of MHC conversion
 
                            -127-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        under this Section.   For  the  conversion  of  a  mutual
 2        holding  company, "eligible member" means a member of the
 3        mutual holding company who is of record as  of  the  date
 4        the  mutual  holding  company board of directors adopts a
 5        plan of conversion under Section 59.1.
 6             (d)  "Intermediate   holding   company"   means    a
 7        corporation  authorized  to  issue one or more classes of
 8        capital stock, the corporate purposes  of  which  include
 9        holding  directly  or  indirectly  the  voting stock of a
10        converted company.
11             (e)  "Member" means a person who, on the records  of
12        the  mutual  company  and  pursuant  to  its  articles of
13        incorporation or bylaws, is deemed to be a  holder  of  a
14        membership  interest in the mutual company and shall also
15        include a person or persons insured under a group policy,
16        subject to the following conditions:
17                  (i)  the person is insured or covered  under  a
18             group  life  policy  or group annuity contract under
19             which funds are accumulated  and  allocated  to  the
20             respective covered persons;
21                  (ii)  the  person  has  the right to direct the
22             application of the funds so allocated;
23                  (iii)  the   group   policyholder   makes    no
24             contribution  to  the  premiums  or deposits for the
25             policy or contract; and
26                  (iv)  the mutual  company  has  the  names  and
27             addresses  of  the  persons  covered under the group
28             life policy or group annuity contract.
29             On and after the effective date of  a  plan  of  MHC
30        conversion  under  this  Section, the term "member" shall
31        mean a member  of  the  mutual  holding  company  created
32        thereby.
33             (f)  "Mutual  holding  company"  or  "MHC"  means  a
34        corporation  resulting  from a reorganization of a mutual
 
                            -128-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        company under this Section.   A  mutual  holding  company
 2        shall be subject to the provisions of this Article and to
 3        any  other  provisions  of this Code applicable to mutual
 4        companies, except as otherwise provided in this  Section.
 5        The articles of incorporation of a mutual holding company
 6        shall include provisions setting forth the following:
 7                  (i)  that   it  is  a  mutual  holding  company
 8             organized under this Article;
 9                  (ii)  that the mutual holding company may  hold
10             not  less  than  a  majority of the shares of voting
11             stock of a  converted  company  or  an  intermediate
12             holding  company,  which  in  turn holds directly or
13             indirectly all of the voting stock  of  a  converted
14             company;
15                  (iii)  that  it  is not authorized to issue any
16             capital stock except pursuant  to  a  conversion  in
17             accordance  with  the provisions of Section 59.1 and
18             subsection (13) of this Section;
19                  (iv)  that its members shall  have  the  rights
20             specified  in  this  Section  and in its articles of
21             incorporation and bylaws; and
22                  (v)  that  its  assets  shall  be  subject   to
23             inclusion  in the estate of the converted company in
24             any proceedings initiated by  the  Director  against
25             the  converted  company under the Interstate Compact
26             Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.
27             (g)  "Mutual company" means  for  purposes  of  this
28        Section a mutual life insurer or mutual property-casualty
29        insurer  that  may  convert  pursuant  to  a  plan of MHC
30        conversion under this Section.
31             (h)  "Plan of MHC conversion," or "plan"  when  used
32        in  this  Section  means  a plan adopted pursuant to this
33        Section by the board of directors of an Illinois domestic
34        mutual company for the conversion of the  mutual  company
 
                            -129-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        into  a  direct  or indirect stock subsidiary of a mutual
 2        holding company.
 3             (i)  "Policy"  includes  any  group  or   individual
 4        insurance  policy or contract issued by a mutual company,
 5        including an annuity contract. The term policy  does  not
 6        include  a  certificate of insurance issued in connection
 7        with a group policy or contract.
 8             (j)  "Policyholder" means the  holder  of  a  policy
 9        other than a reinsurance contract.
10        (2)  Formation  of  mutual holding company and conversion
11    of mutual company.  A mutual company, upon  approval  of  the
12    Director,  may reorganize by forming a mutual holding company
13    and continue the  corporate  existence  of  the  reorganizing
14    mutual  company  as  a  stock insurance company in accordance
15    with this Section.  Upon  effectiveness  of  a  plan  of  MHC
16    conversion, and without any further action:
17             (a)  The   mutual   company  shall  become  a  stock
18        corporation,   the   membership    interests    of    the
19        policyholders  in  the  mutual  company  shall  be deemed
20        extinguished and  all  eligible  members  of  the  mutual
21        company shall be and become members of the mutual holding
22        company, in accordance with the articles of incorporation
23        and   bylaws  of  the  mutual  holding  company  and  the
24        applicable provisions of this Section  and  Article  III;
25        and
26             (b)  all  of  the shares of the capital stock of the
27        converted company shall be issued to the  mutual  holding
28        company,  which  at all times shall own a majority of the
29        shares of the voting  stock  of  the  converted  company,
30        except  that  either  at  the time of conversion, or at a
31        later  time  with  the  approval  of  the  Director,   an
32        intermediate holding company or companies may be created,
33        so  long  as the mutual holding company at all times owns
34        directly or indirectly a majority of the  shares  of  the
 
                            -130-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        voting stock of the converted company.
 2        (3)  MHC membership interests.
 3             (a)  No  member  of  a  mutual  holding  company may
 4        transfer membership in the mutual holding company or  any
 5        right arising from the membership.
 6             (b)  A member of a mutual holding company shall not,
 7        as  a  member,  be personally liable for the acts, debts,
 8        liabilities, or obligations of the company.
 9             (c)  No assessments of any kind may be imposed  upon
10        the  members of a mutual holding company by the directors
11        or members, or because of any liability  of  any  company
12        owned  or  controlled  by  the  mutual holding company or
13        because of any act, debt, liability, or obligation of the
14        mutual holding company itself.
15             (d)  A membership  interest  in  a  domestic  mutual
16        holding company shall not constitute a security under any
17        law of this State.
18        (4)  Adoption  of the plan of MHC conversion by the board
19    of directors.
20             (a)  A mutual company seeking to convert to a mutual
21        holding company structure shall, by the affirmative  vote
22        of  two-thirds of its board of directors, adopt a plan of
23        MHC  conversion  consistent  with  the  requirements   of
24        subsection (8) of this Section.
25             (b)  At  any  time  before  approval  of  a  plan by
26        eligible members, the mutual company, by the  affirmative
27        vote  of  two-thirds of its board of directors, may amend
28        or withdraw the plan of MHC conversion.
29        (5)  Approval of  the  plan  of  MHC  conversion  by  the
30    Director.
31             (a)  Required findings.  After adoption or amendment
32        of  the  plan by the mutual company's board of directors,
33        the plan of MHC conversion  shall  be  submitted  to  the
34        Director  for  review  and approval.   The Director shall
 
                            -131-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        hold a public hearing on the plan.   The  Director  shall
 2        approve the plan upon finding that:
 3                  (i)  the  provisions  of this Section have been
 4             complied with; and
 5                  (ii)  the plan is  fair  and  equitable  as  it
 6             relates to the interests of the members.
 7             (b)  Documents to be filed.
 8                  (i)  Prior to the members' approval of the plan
 9             of  MHC  conversion,  a  mutual  company seeking the
10             Director's  approval  of  a  plan  shall  file   the
11             following documents with the Director for review and
12             approval:
13                       (A)  the plan of MHC conversion;
14                       (B)  the  form  of notice required by item
15                  (b) of  subsection  (6)  of  this  Section  for
16                  eligible members to vote on the plan;
17                       (C)  any  proxies  to  be  solicited  from
18                  eligible   members  and  any  other  soliciting
19                  materials;
20                       (D)  the     proposed     articles      of
21                  incorporation  and bylaws of the mutual holding
22                  company, each intermediate holding company,  if
23                  any,  and the revised articles of incorporation
24                  and bylaws of the converted company.
25                  Once filed, these documents shall  be  approved
26             or  disapproved  by the Director within a reasonable
27             time.
28                  (ii)  After the members have approved the plan,
29             the  converted  company  shall  file  the  following
30             documents with the Director:
31                       (A)  the minutes of  the  meeting  of  the
32                  members at which the plan of MHC conversion was
33                  voted upon; and
34                       (B)  the articles and bylaws of the mutual
 
                            -132-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1                  holding  company  and each intermediate holding
 2                  company, if any, and the  revised  articles  of
 3                  incorporation   and  bylaws  of  the  converted
 4                  company.
 5             (c)  The Director's approval of a plan  pursuant  to
 6        this  subsection  (5) may be made conditional at the sole
 7        discretion of the Director whenever  he  determines  that
 8        such  conditions  are  reasonably  necessary  to  protect
 9        policyholder interests.  Such conditions may include, but
10        shall  not  be  limited to, limitations, requirements, or
11        prohibitions as follows:
12                  (i)  prior  approval  of  any  acquisition   or
13             formation of affiliate entities of the MHC;
14                  (ii)  prior  approval  of the capital structure
15             of any intermediate holding company or  any  changes
16             thereto;
17                  (iii)  prior  approval  of  any  initial public
18             offering  or  other  issuance  of  equity  or   debt
19             securities of an intermediate holding company or the
20             converted  company  in  a  private  sale  or  public
21             offering;
22                  (iv)  prior  approval  of  the expansion of the
23             mutual  holding  company  system   into   lines   of
24             business, industries, or operations not presented at
25             the time of the conversion;
26                  (v)  limitations on dividends and distributions
27             if the effect would be to reduce capital and surplus
28             of   the  converted  company,  in  addition  to  any
29             limitations which may  otherwise  be  authorized  by
30             law; and
31                  (vi)  limitations  on  the pledge, incumbrance,
32             or transfer of the stock of the converted company.
33             (d)  Consultant.  The Director may  retain,  at  the
34        mutual   company's  expense,  any  qualified  expert  not
 
                            -133-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        otherwise a part of the Director's  staff  to  assist  in
 2        reviewing the plan of MHC conversion.
 3        (6)  Approval of the plan by the members.
 4             (a)  Members  entitled  to  notice of and to vote on
 5        the plan.  All eligible members shall be given notice  of
 6        and   an  opportunity  to  vote  upon  the  plan  of  MHC
 7        conversion.
 8             (b)  Notice required.  All eligible members shall be
 9        given notice of the members' meeting  to  vote  upon  the
10        plan  of  MHC  conversion.   The notice shall identify in
11        reasonable detail the  benefits  and  risks  of  the  MHC
12        conversion.     A copy of the plan of MHC conversion or a
13        summary of the plan, if so authorized  by  the  Director,
14        shall  accompany  the  notice.   If a summary of the plan
15        accompanies the notice, a copy of the plan shall be  made
16        available  without  charge  to  any  eligible member upon
17        request.  The notice shall state  that  approval  by  the
18        Director   does  not  constitute  a  recommendation  that
19        eligible members approve the plan.   The notice shall  be
20        mailed  to  each member's last known address, as shown on
21        the mutual company's  records,  within  45  days  of  the
22        Director's approval of the plan. The meeting to vote upon
23        the  plan  shall  not be set for a date less than 60 days
24        after the date when the notice of the meeting  is  mailed
25        by  the  mutual company.  If the meeting to vote upon the
26        plan is held coincident with the mutual company's  annual
27        meeting  of  policyholders,  only  one combined notice of
28        meeting is required.
29             (c)  Vote required for approval.
30                  (i)  After approval by the Director,  the  plan
31             of  MHC conversion shall be adopted, at an annual or
32             special meeting of policyholders at which  a  quorum
33             is  present,  upon receiving the affirmative vote of
34             at least two-thirds of the votes  cast  by  eligible
 
                            -134-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             members.
 2                  (ii)  Members   entitled   to   vote  upon  the
 3             proposed plan may vote in person or by  proxy.   Any
 4             proxies  to  be  solicited  from  eligible  members,
 5             together  with  the  related proxy statement and any
 6             other soliciting materials, shall be filed with  and
 7             approved by the Director.
 8                  (iii)  The number of votes each eligible member
 9             may cast shall be determined by the mutual company's
10             bylaws.   If  the  bylaws  are silent, each eligible
11             member may cast one vote.
12        (7)  Adoption of articles of incorporation.  Adoption  of
13    articles  of  incorporation  for  the mutual holding company,
14    each  intermediate  holding  company,  if  any,  and  revised
15    articles  of  incorporation  for  the  converted  company  is
16    necessary  to  implement  the   plan   of   MHC   conversion.
17    Procedures for adoption or revision of such articles shall be
18    governed by the applicable provisions of this Code or, in the
19    case   of  an  intermediate  holding  company,  the  business
20    corporation law  of  the  state  in  which  the  intermediate
21    holding  company  is  incorporated.   For  a  Class  I mutual
22    company,  the  members  may   adopt   revised   articles   of
23    incorporation  at  the  same  meeting  at  which  the members
24    approve the plan.  For a Class 2 or  3  mutual  company,  the
25    articles  of incorporation may be adopted solely by the board
26    of directors or trustees, as provided in Section 57  of  this
27    Code.
28        (8)  Required  provisions  in  a  plan of MHC conversion.
29    The following provisions shall be included in the plan of MHC
30    conversion:
31             (a)  The plan shall set forth the  reasons  for  the
32        proposed conversion.
33             (b)  Effect of MHC conversion on existing policies.
34                  (i)  The  plan  shall provide that all policies
 
                            -135-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             of the converted company in force on  the  effective
 2             date of conversion shall continue to remain in force
 3             under  the  terms of those policies, except that any
 4             voting   or   other   membership   rights   of   the
 5             policyholders provided for  under  the  policies  or
 6             under  this Code and any contingent liability policy
 7             provisions of the type described in  Section  55  of
 8             this  Code  shall  be  extinguished on the effective
 9             date of the conversion.
10                  (ii)  The  plan  shall  further  provide   that
11             holders  of  participating policies in effect on the
12             date of conversion shall continue to have the  right
13             to    receive   dividends   as   provided   in   the
14             participating policies, if any.
15                  (iii)  Except  for  a  mutual  company's   life
16             policies,  guaranteed  renewable accident and health
17             policies, and  non-cancelable  accident  and  health
18             policies,  the converted stock company may issue the
19             insured a nonparticipating policy  as  a  substitute
20             for  the  participating policy upon the renewal date
21             of a participating policy.
22                  (iv)  The plan shall provide  that  a  Class  I
23             mutual  company's  participating  life  policies  in
24             force  on the effective date of the conversion shall
25             be operated by the converted  company  for  dividend
26             purposes as a closed block of participating business
27             except   that   any   or   all   classes   of  group
28             participating policies  may  be  excluded  from  the
29             closed  block.  The plan shall establish one or more
30             segregated accounts for the benefit  of  the  closed
31             block  of  business  and  shall  allocate  to  those
32             segregated  accounts  enough  assets  of  the mutual
33             company so that the assets together with the revenue
34             from the closed block of business are sufficient  to
 
                            -136-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             support  the closed block including, but not limited
 2             to, the payment of claims, expenses, taxes, and  any
 3             dividends  that  are provided for under the terms of
 4             the   participating   policies   with    appropriate
 5             adjustments in the dividends for experience changes.
 6             The  plan  shall  be  accompanied by an opinion of a
 7             qualified actuary or an appointed actuary who  meets
 8             the  standards  set  forth  in the insurance laws or
 9             regulations for the submission of actuarial opinions
10             as to the  adequacy  of  reserves  or  assets.   The
11             opinion  shall  relate to the adequacy of the assets
12             allocated to the segregated accounts in  support  of
13             the closed block of business.  The actuarial opinion
14             shall   be  based  on  methods  of  analysis  deemed
15             appropriate for  those  purposes  by  the  Actuarial
16             Standards  Board.  The amount of assets allocated to
17             the segregated accounts of the closed block shall be
18             based  upon  the  mutual   company's   last   annual
19             statement  that  is updated to the effective date of
20             the conversion.  The converted stock  company  shall
21             keep  a separate accounting for the closed block and
22             shall make and include in the annual statement to be
23             filed  with  the  Director  each  year  a   separate
24             statement  showing  the  gains, losses, and expenses
25             properly   attributable   to   the   closed   block.
26             Periodically, upon the  Director's  approval,  those
27             assets  allocated  to  the  closed block as provided
28             herein that are in excess of the  amount  of  assets
29             necessary  to  support the remaining policies in the
30             closed block shall revert  to  the  benefit  of  the
31             converted  company.   The  Director  may  waive  the
32             requirement  for the establishment of a closed block
33             of business if the Director deems it to  be  in  the
34             best interests of the participating policyholders of
 
                            -137-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             the mutual company to do so.
 2             (c)  The  plan  shall set forth the requirements for
 3        granting membership interests to future policyholders  of
 4        the converted company.
 5             (d)  The  plan  shall include information sufficient
 6        to  demonstrate  that  the  financial  condition  of  the
 7        converted company will not be diminished by the  plan  of
 8        MHC conversion.
 9             (e)  The  plan  shall  include  a description of any
10        current proposal  to  issue  shares  of  an  intermediate
11        holding company or the converted company to the public or
12        to   other   persons  who  are  not  direct  or  indirect
13        subsidiaries of the mutual holding company.
14             (f)  The plan shall  include  the  identity  of  the
15        proposed  officers  and  directors  of the mutual holding
16        company and each intermediate holding  company,  if  any,
17        together  with such other biographical information as the
18        Director may request.
19             (g)  The plan shall include such  other  information
20        as the Director may request or may prescribe by rule.
21        (9)  Effective  date  of  the  plan of MHC conversion.  A
22    plan shall become effective when the  Director  has  approved
23    the plan, the members have approved the plan and the articles
24    of   incorporation   of  the  mutual  holding  company,  each
25    intermediate  holding  company,  if  any,  and  the   revised
26    articles  of incorporation of the converted company have been
27    adopted and filed with the Director.
28        (10)  Corporate existence.
29             (a)  Upon the conversion of a mutual  company  to  a
30        converted  company  according  to  the provisions of this
31        Section, the corporate existence of  the  mutual  company
32        shall  be  continued  in  the  converted company with the
33        original date of incorporation  of  the  mutual  company.
34        All  the  rights, franchises, and interests of the mutual
 
                            -138-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        company in and to every type of property, real, personal,
 2        and mixed, and things in action thereunto  belonging,  is
 3        deemed transferred to and vested in the converted company
 4        without   any  deed  or  transfer.   Simultaneously,  the
 5        converted company is  deemed  to  have  assumed  all  the
 6        obligations and liabilities of the mutual company.
 7             (b)  The   directors  and  officers  of  the  mutual
 8        company,  unless  otherwise  specified  in  the  plan  of
 9        conversion shall serve as directors and officers  of  the
10        converted company until new directors and officers of the
11        converted  company  are  duly  elected  pursuant  to  the
12        articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws of the converted
13        company.
14        (11)  Regulation and authority of mutual holding company.
15             (a)  A mutual holding company shall  have  the  same
16        powers  granted  to  domestic  mutual  companies  and  be
17        subject  to  the  same  requirements  and  provisions  of
18        Article  III  and  any  other  provisions  of  this  Code
19        applicable  to mutual companies that are not inconsistent
20        with the provisions of  this  Section,  provided  however
21        that   a  mutual  holding  company  shall  not  have  the
22        authority  to  transact  insurance  pursuant  to  Section
23        39(l).
24             (b)  Neither the  mutual  holding  company  nor  any
25        intermediate  holding  company  shall  issue  or reinsure
26        policies of insurance.
27             (c)  A mutual holding  company  may  enter  into  an
28        affiliation agreement or a merger agreement either at the
29        time  of  conversion,  or  at  some  later  time with the
30        approval of  the  Director,  with  any  mutual  insurance
31        company  authorized  to  do  business  in  this  State or
32        another  mutual  holding  company.    Any   such   merger
33        agreement  may  authorize members of the mutual insurance
34        company or other mutual holding company to become members
 
                            -139-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        of the mutual  holding  company.   Any  such  affiliation
 2        agreement  or  merger  agreement  shall be subject to the
 3        insurance  laws  of   this   State   relating   to   such
 4        transactions entered into by a domestic mutual company.
 5             (d)  The  assets  of the MHC shall be held in trust,
 6        under such arrangements and on such terms as the Director
 7        may approve, for the benefit of the policyholders of  the
 8        converted  company.   Any  residual  rights of the MHC in
 9        such assets or any assets of the MHC determined not to be
10        held in trust shall be subject to a lien in favor of  the
11        policyholders  of  the converted company under such terms
12        as the Director may  approve.   Upon  conversion  of  the
13        mutual holding company as provided for in subsection (13)
14        of this Section, such assets shall be released from trust
15        in accordance with the plan of conversion approved by the
16        Director.
17        (12)  Diversion of business to affiliates.  Without prior
18    approval  of  the Director, neither the converted company nor
19    any other person affiliated with or controlling the converted
20    company shall divert business from the converted  company  to
21    any  insurance  company  affiliate  if  the purpose or effect
22    would be to significantly reduce the number of members of the
23    mutual holding company.
24        (13)  Conversion of mutual  holding  company.   A  mutual
25    holding   company   created  pursuant  to  this  Section  may
26    reorganize by complying with  the  applicable  provisions  of
27    Section  59.   For  purposes  of effecting a conversion under
28    that Section, the mutual holding company shall  be  deemed  a
29    "mutual  company"  and  the  converted mutual holding company
30    shall be deemed a "converted stock company,"  as  such  terms
31    are defined in Section 59.1.
32        (14)  Conflict of interest.  No director, officer, agent,
33    or  employee  of the mutual company or any other person shall
34    receive any fee, commission, or other valuable consideration,
 
                            -140-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    other than his or her usual regular salary and  compensation,
 2    for  in  any  manner  aiding,  promoting, or assisting in the
 3    conversion except as set forth in the plan of MHC  conversion
 4    approved  by  the Director.  This provision does not prohibit
 5    the payment of reasonable fees and compensation to attorneys,
 6    accountants, and actuaries  for  services  performed  in  the
 7    independent  practice  of  their  professions,  even  if  the
 8    attorney,  accountant,  or  actuary is also a director of the
 9    mutual company.
10        (15)  Costs and expenses.  All  the  costs  and  expenses
11    connected  with a plan of MHC conversion shall be paid for or
12    reimbursed by the mutual company or the converted company.
13        (16)  Failure to give  notice.   If  the  mutual  company
14    complies  substantially  and  in  good  faith with the notice
15    requirements of this Section, the mutual company's failure to
16    give any member or  members  any  required  notice  does  not
17    impair the validity of any action taken under this Section.
18        (17)  Limitation  of actions.  Any action challenging the
19    validity of or arising out of acts taken or  proposed  to  be
20    taken  under  this  Section shall be commenced within 30 days
21    after the effective date of the plan of MHC conversion.
22    (Source: P.A. 90-810, eff. 1-6-99.)

23        (215 ILCS 5/60) (from Ch. 73, par. 672)
24        Sec. 60. Procedure When insufficient assets are possessed
25    by company.
26        (1)  Whenever the Director finds that the admitted assets
27    of a company subject to the provisions of  this  Article  are
28    less  than  the  aggregate of (a) its liabilities and (b) the
29    minimum surplus required to be maintained by Section  43,  he
30    must  notify  the  company  in  writing of the amount of such
31    impairment and require that such impairment must  be  removed
32    within  such period, which shall not be less than 30 nor more
33    than 90 days, as he may designate. Unless  otherwise  allowed
 
                            -141-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    by the Director, the company must discontinue the issuance of
 2    new  or renewal policies while such impairment exists. If the
 3    contracts issued by the company contain  a  provision  for  a
 4    contingent  liability,  the  Director  may order the board of
 5    directors or trustees of the company to  levy  an  assessment
 6    for  the  purpose  of  removing  such impairment against each
 7    member in accordance with the terms of  his  policy.  If  the
 8    Director finds that the company will remove the impairment or
 9    a  part thereof from sources other than an assessment, he may
10    permit a reduction in the amount of  the  assessment  to  the
11    extent  of the sum so to be obtained. No member is liable for
12    an assessment unless notified of the company's claim therefor
13    within one year after the termination of the  policy  whether
14    by  expiration,  cancellation or otherwise. Nothing contained
15    in this paragraph may be construed to limit or  restrict  the
16    authority  of  any  liquidator,  conservator or rehabilitator
17    acting under the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership  Law
18    Article XIII or XIII 1/2 of this Act.
19        (2)  If  policies  containing provisions for a contingent
20    liability are outstanding, and the company fails to  levy  an
21    assessment  within  20  days from the date of an order, or if
22    the impairment is not removed within the period specified  in
23    the  Director's notice, the company shall be deemed insolvent
24    and the Director may  cancel  the  company's  certificate  of
25    authority and shall proceed against it in accordance with the
26    Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.
27        (3)  If,   while  the  impairment  exists,  any  officer,
28    director,  or  trustee  of  the  company  renews,  issues  or
29    delivers or causes to be renewed,  issued  or  delivered  any
30    policy, contract or certificate of insurance unless otherwise
31    allowed  by  the Director, and the fact of such impairment is
32    known to the officer, director, or trustee  of  the  company,
33    such  officer,  director,  or  trustee  shall  be guilty of a
34    business offense and may be fined not less than $200 and  not
 
                            -142-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    more than $5,000 for each offense.
 2        (4)  Nothing   in  this  Section  prohibits,  while  such
 3    impairment exists, any such officer, director, trustee, agent
 4    or employee from issuing or renewing a  policy  of  insurance
 5    when  an  insured or owner exercises an option granted to him
 6    under an existing policy to obtain new, renewed or  converted
 7    insurance coverage.
 8    (Source: P.A. 82-498.)

 9        (215 ILCS 5/83) (from Ch. 73, par. 695)
10        Sec. 83. Procedure when insufficient assets are possessed
11    by reciprocal.
12        (1)  Whenever the Director finds that the admitted assets
13    in  excess  of  all liabilities of a reciprocal are less than
14    the amount required by subsection  (2)  of  Section  66,  the
15    Director shall proceed in the manner set forth as provided in
16    Section 60 applicable to mutual companies and the reciprocal,
17    its  attorney-in-fact  or  any  officers  thereof,  shall  be
18    subject  to  the  same  requirements  and  penalties  in such
19    Section provided. Nothing contained in this  paragraph  shall
20    be  construed  to  limit  or  restrict  the  authority of any
21    liquidator, conservator or  rehabilitator  acting  under  the
22    provisions of the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law
23    Article XIII or XIII 1/2 of this Act.
24        (2)  The  attorney-in-fact  of  any  such  reciprocal may
25    repair such deficiency within the period  designated  by  the
26    Director,  by advancing the amount or any part thereof, at an
27    interest rate not  exceeding  7%  per  annum.  The  funds  so
28    advanced  shall  not  be  treated  as  a  liability  of  such
29    reciprocal  and such advance including interest thereon shall
30    be repaid only out of the surplus funds of the reciprocal  in
31    excess of the amount required by Section 66.
32    (Source: Laws 1965, p. 2630.)
 
                            -143-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        (215 ILCS 5/107.06a) (from Ch. 73, par. 719.06a)
 2        Sec.  107.06a.   Organization  under  Illinois  Insurance
 3    Code.
 4        (a)  After  December  31,  1997,  a  syndicate or limited
 5    syndicate,  except  for  a  limited  syndicate  formed  as  a
 6    partnership, may only be organized pursuant to Sections 7, 8,
 7    10, 11, 12, 14, 14.1 (other than subsection (d) thereof),  15
 8    (other  than subsection (d) thereof), 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23,
 9    25, 27.1, 28, 28.1, 28.2, 29, 30, 31, 32, 32.1, 33, and  35.1
10    and  Article  X  of  this Code, to carry on the business of a
11    syndicate, or limited syndicate under Article V-1/2  of  this
12    Code;  provided  that  such syndicate or limited syndicate is
13    admitted to the Exchange.
14        (b)  After December  31,  1997,  syndicates  and  limited
15    syndicates are subject to the following:
16             (1)  Articles I, IIA, VIII, VIII 1/2, X, XI, XI 1/2,
17        XII, XII 1/2, XIII, XIII 1/2, XXIV, XXV (Sections 408 and
18        412  only),  and  XXVIII (except for Sections 445, 445.1,
19        445.2, 445.3, 445.4, and 445.5) of this Code;
20             (2)  Subsections (2) and (3) of Section  155.04  and
21        Sections  13,  132.1  through  140,  141a,  144,  155.01,
22        155.03, 378, 379.1, 393.1, 395, and 396 of this Code;
23             (3)  the Reinsurance Intermediary Act; and
24             (4)  the Producer Controlled Insurer Act; and.
25             (5)  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform  Receivership
26        Law.
27        (c)  No  other  provision of this Insurance Code shall be
28    applicable to any such syndicate or limited syndicate  except
29    as provided in this Article V-1/2.
30    (Source:  P.A.  90-499,  eff.  8-19-97; 90-794, eff. 8-14-98;
31    91-278, eff. 7-23-99.)

32        (215 ILCS 5/107.08) (from Ch. 73, par. 719.08)
33        Sec.    107.08.     Rehabilitation,    conservation    or
 
                            -144-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    liquidation. If the Board or Director of Insurance determines
 2    after an  examination,  audit  or  pursuant  to  an  Exchange
 3    internal  hearing,  that  a syndicate has become insolvent or
 4    financially  impaired  to  the  extent   that   its   further
 5    transaction  of  business  is hazardous to its policyholders,
 6    its creditors, or the public, it shall order the syndicate to
 7    cease and  desist  from  assuming  insurance  or  reinsurance
 8    obligations on the Exchange or take such other action for the
 9    protection of policyholders and creditors as provided in this
10    Article.
11        Upon issuing a cease and desist order as provided in this
12    Section,  the Board shall notify the Director of Insurance of
13    such action. If the Director determines the syndicate  to  be
14    insolvent  or financially impaired, the Director shall report
15    that determination to the  Attorney  General.   The  Attorney
16    General shall apply forthwith by complaint on relation of the
17    Director  in the name of the People of the State of Illinois,
18    as plaintiff, to the Circuit Court of Cook County,  Illinois,
19    for  an  order  to  rehabilitate,  conserve, or liquidate the
20    defendant syndicate as provided  in  the  Interstate  Compact
21    Uniform  Receivership  Law  Article XIII of this Code and for
22    such other relief as the nature of the case and the interests
23    of the policyholders, creditors, or the public may require.
24        The Court, upon  entering  an  Order  of  Rehabilitation,
25    Conservation,  or  Liquidation, shall appoint the Director of
26    Insurance as Rehabilitator, Conservator, or  Liquidator,  and
27    the  rehabilitation,  conservation,  or  liquidation shall be
28    conducted  pursuant  to  the   Interstate   Compact   Uniform
29    Receivership Law Article XIII of this Code.
30    (Source: P.A. 89-206, eff. 7-21-95.)

31        (215 ILCS 5/123C-11) (from Ch. 73, par. 735C-11)
32        Sec.  123C-11.   Grounds and procedures for suspension or
33    revocation of certificate of authority.
 
                            -145-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        A. The certificate of authority of  a  captive  insurance
 2    company  to  do  an  insurance  business in this State may be
 3    suspended or revoked by the Director for any of the following
 4    reasons:
 5        (1)  Insolvency or impairment of capital or surplus;
 6        (2)  Failure to meet the requirements of Sections  123C-3
 7    or 123C-4;
 8        (3)  Refusal  or  failure  to submit an annual report, as
 9    required by Section 123C-9, or any other report or  statement
10    required by law or by lawful order of the Director;
11        (4)  Failure  to  comply  with  the provisions of its own
12    charter or bylaws (or, in the case of an  industrial  insured
13    captive,  with  the  provisions  of the investment policy set
14    forth in its plan of operation as approved from time to  time
15    by the Director);
16        (5)  Failure  to  submit  to  examination  or  any  legal
17    obligation relative thereto, as required by Section 123C-10;
18        (6)  Refusal  or  failure  to pay expenses and charges as
19    required by Sections 408, 123C-10 and 123C-17;
20        (7)  Use  of  methods  that,   although   not   otherwise
21    specifically  prohibited  by  law,  nevertheless  render  its
22    operation  detrimental  or its condition unsound with respect
23    to the public or to its policyholders; or
24        (8)  Failure otherwise to comply with the  laws  of  this
25    State.
26        B.  If  the Director finds, upon examination, hearing, or
27    other  evidence,  that  any  captive  insurance  company  has
28    committed any of the acts specified in subsection A,  he  may
29    suspend  or  revoke such certificate of authority if he deems
30    it in the best interest of the public and  the  policyholders
31    of  such captive insurance company, notwithstanding any other
32    provision of this Article.
33        C.  The provisions  of  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform
34    Receivership  Law  Articles  XIII and XIII 1/2 shall apply to
 
                            -146-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    and govern the conservation, rehabilitation, liquidation  and
 2    dissolution of captive insurance companies.
 3    (Source: P.A. 85-131.)

 4        (215 ILCS 5/131.25) (from Ch. 73, par. 743.25)
 5        Sec.  131.25.  Receivership.  Whenever  it appears to the
 6    Director that any person has committed a  violation  of  this
 7    Article  which  so  impairs  the  financial  condition  of  a
 8    domestic  company  as  to  threaten  insolvency  or  make the
 9    further transaction  of  business  by  it  hazardous  to  its
10    policyholders, creditors or the public, then the Director may
11    proceed  against  the  company  under  the Interstate Compact
12    Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII of this Code.
13    (Source: P.A. 83-749.)

14        (215 ILCS 5/141a) (from Ch. 73, par. 753a)
15        Sec. 141a.  Managing  general  agents  and  retrospective
16    compensation agreements.
17        (a)  As  used  in  this Section, the following terms have
18    the following meanings:
19        "Actuary" means a person who is a member in good standing
20    of the American Academy of Actuaries.
21        "Gross  direct  written  premium"  means  direct  premium
22    including policy and membership  fees,  net  of  returns  and
23    cancellations, and prior to any cessions.
24        "Insurer" means any person duly licensed in this State as
25    an  insurance  company pursuant to Articles II, III, III 1/2,
26    IV, V, VI, and XVII of this Code.
27        "Managing  general  agent"  means   any   person,   firm,
28    association,  or  corporation,  either separately or together
29    with affiliates, that:
30             (1)  manages all or part of the  insurance  business
31        of  an  insurer  (including  the management of a separate
32        division, department, or underwriting office), and
 
                            -147-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (2)  acts as an agent for the insurer whether  known
 2        as  a  managing  general agent, manager, or other similar
 3        term, and
 4             (3)  with  or  without   the   authority   produces,
 5        directly or indirectly, and underwrites:
 6                  (A)  within any one calendar quarter, an amount
 7             of  gross  direct  written  premium equal to or more
 8             than 5% of the policyholders' surplus as reported in
 9             the insurer's last annual statement, or
10                  (B)  within any one calendar year, an amount of
11             gross direct written premium equal to or  more  than
12             8%  of the policyholders' surplus as reported in the
13             insurer's last annual statement, and either
14             (4)  has  the  authority  to  bind  the  company  in
15        settlement of individual claims in amounts in  excess  of
16        $500, or
17             (5)  has  the  authority to negotiate reinsurance on
18        behalf of the insurer.
19        Notwithstanding the provisions of items (1) through  (5),
20    the  following persons shall not be considered to be managing
21    general agents for the purposes of this Code:
22             (1)  An employee of the insurer;
23             (2)  A U.S. manager of the United States  branch  of
24        an alien insurer;
25             (3)  An  underwriting  manager  who,  pursuant  to a
26        contract meeting the standards of Section  141.1  manages
27        all  or  part of the insurance operations of the insurer,
28        is affiliated with the insurer, subject to  Article  VIII
29        1/2, and whose compensation is not based on the volume of
30        premiums written;
31             (4)  The attorney or the attorney in fact authorized
32        and   acting   for   or   on  behalf  of  the  subscriber
33        policyholders  of   a   reciprocal   or   inter-insurance
34        exchange,  under the terms of the subscription agreement,
 
                            -148-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        power of attorney, or policy of insurance or the attorney
 2        in fact for any  Lloyds  organization  licensed  in  this
 3        State.
 4        "Retrospective    compensation   agreement"   means   any
 5    arrangement, agreement, or contract having as its purpose the
 6    actual or constructive retention by the insurer  of  a  fixed
 7    proportion  of  the  gross  premiums, with the balance of the
 8    premiums, retained actually or constructively by the agent or
 9    the producer of the business, who assumes  to  pay  therefrom
10    all  losses,  all  subordinate  commission,  loss  adjustment
11    expenses,  and  his  profit, if any, with other provisions of
12    the arrangement, agreement, or contract  being  auxiliary  or
13    incidental to that purpose.
14        "Underwrite"  means to accept or reject risk on behalf of
15    the insurer.
16        (b)  Licensure of managing general agents.
17             (1)  No person, firm,  association,  or  corporation
18        shall  act  in  the  capacity of a managing general agent
19        with respect to  risks  located  in  this  State  for  an
20        insurer  licensed  in  this  State unless the person is a
21        licensed producer or a  registered  firm  in  this  State
22        under Article XXXI of this Code or a licensed third party
23        administrator  in  this  State  under Article XXXI 1/4 of
24        this Code.
25             (2)  No person, firm,  association,  or  corporation
26        shall  act  in  the  capacity of a managing general agent
27        with respect to risks located outside this State  for  an
28        insurer  domiciled  in  this State unless the person is a
29        licensed producer or a  registered  firm  in  this  State
30        under Article XXXI of this Code or a licensed third party
31        administrator  in  this  State  under Article XXXI 1/4 of
32        this Code.
33             (3)  The  managing  general  agent  must  provide  a
34        surety bond for the benefit of the insurer in  an  amount
 
                            -149-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        equal  to  the  greater  of  $100,000  or 5% of the gross
 2        direct  written  premium  underwritten  by  the  managing
 3        general agent on behalf of the insurer.  The  bond  shall
 4        provide  for a discovery period and prior notification of
 5        cancellation  in  accordance  with  the  rules   of   the
 6        Department  unless  otherwise  approved in writing by the
 7        Director.
 8             (4)  The managing general  agent  must  maintain  an
 9        errors  and  omissions  policy  for  the  benefit  of the
10        insurer with coverage in an amount equal to  the  greater
11        of  $1,000,000  or 5% of the gross direct written premium
12        underwritten by the managing general agent on  behalf  of
13        the insurer.
14             (5)  Evidence  of  the existence of the bond and the
15        errors and omissions policy must be made available to the
16        Director upon his request.
17        (c)  No person, firm, association, or corporation  acting
18    in  the  capacity  of  a  managing  general agent shall place
19    business with an insurer unless there is in force  a  written
20    contract   between   the   parties   that   sets   forth  the
21    responsibilities of each party, that, if both  parties  share
22    responsibility  for  a  particular  function,  specifies  the
23    division  of  responsibility, and that contains the following
24    minimum provisions:
25             (1)  The insurer  may  terminate  the  contract  for
26        cause  upon written notice to the managing general agent.
27        The insurer may suspend the underwriting authority of the
28        managing general agent during the pendency of any dispute
29        regarding the cause for termination.
30             (2)  The  managing  general   agent   shall   render
31        accounts  to  the  insurer detailing all transactions and
32        remit all funds due under the contract to the insurer  on
33        not less than a monthly basis.
34             (3)  All  funds  collected  for  the  account  of an
 
                            -150-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        insurer shall be held by the managing general agent in  a
 2        fiduciary capacity in a bank that is a federally or State
 3        chartered  bank  and  that  is  a  member  of the Federal
 4        Deposit Insurance Corporation.   This  account  shall  be
 5        used  for all payments on behalf of the insurer; however,
 6        the managing general agent shall not  have  authority  to
 7        draw  on any other accounts of the insurer.  The managing
 8        general agent may retain no more than 3 months  estimated
 9        claims payments and allocated loss adjustment expenses.
10             (4)  Separate  records  of  business  written by the
11        managing general agent will be maintained.   The  insurer
12        shall  have  access to and the right to copy all accounts
13        and records related to its business in a form  usable  by
14        the  insurer,  and  the Director shall have access to all
15        books, bank accounts, and records of the managing general
16        agent in a form usable to the Director.
17             (5)  The contract may not be assigned  in  whole  or
18        part by the managing general agent.
19             (6)  The managing general agent shall provide to the
20        company   audited  financial  statements  required  under
21        paragraph (1) of subsection (d).
22             (7)  That  appropriate  underwriting  guidelines  be
23        followed, which guidelines shall stipulate the following:
24                  (A)  the maximum annual premium volume;
25                  (B)  the basis of the rates to be charged;
26                  (C)  the types of risks that may be written;
27                  (D)  maximum limits of liability;
28                  (E)  applicable exclusions;
29                  (F)  territorial limitations;
30                  (G)  policy cancellation provisions; and
31                  (H)  the maximum policy period.
32             (8)  The insurer shall have the right to: (i) cancel
33        or nonrenew any policy of insurance subject to applicable
34        laws and regulations concerning those actions;  and  (ii)
 
                            -151-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        require  cancellation of any subproducer's contract after
 2        appropriate notice.
 3             (9)  If the contract permits  the  managing  general
 4        agent to settle claims on behalf of the insurer:
 5                  (A)  all claims must be reported to the company
 6             in a timely manner.
 7                  (B)  a  copy  of the claim file must be sent to
 8             the insurer at its request or as soon as it  becomes
 9             known that the claim:
10                       (i)  has the potential to exceed an amount
11                  determined by the company;
12                       (ii)  involves a coverage dispute;
13                       (iii)  may  exceed  the  managing  general
14                  agent's claims settlement authority;
15                       (iv)  is open for more than 6 months; or
16                       (v)  is closed by payment of an amount set
17                  by the company.
18                  (C)  all claim files will be the joint property
19             of  the  insurer  and  the  managing  general agent.
20             However,  upon  an  order  of  liquidation  of   the
21             insurer, the files shall become the sole property of
22             the  insurer  or  its  estate;  the managing general
23             agent shall have reasonable access to and the  right
24             to copy the files on a timely basis.
25                  (D)  any  settlement  authority  granted to the
26             managing general agent may be terminated  for  cause
27             upon  the  insurer's  written notice to the managing
28             general  agent  or  upon  the  termination  of   the
29             contract.   The  insurer  may suspend the settlement
30             authority  during  the  pendency  of   any   dispute
31             regarding the cause for termination.
32             (10)  Where   electronic   claims   files   are   in
33        existence,   the   contract   must   address  the  timely
34        transmission of the data.
 
                            -152-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (11)  If the contract  provides  for  a  sharing  of
 2        interim  profits  by  the  managing general agent and the
 3        managing general agent has the authority to determine the
 4        amount  of  the  interim  profits  by  establishing  loss
 5        reserves, controlling claim payments,  or  by  any  other
 6        manner,  interim profits will not be paid to the managing
 7        general agent until one year after they  are  earned  for
 8        property  insurance business and until 5 years after they
 9        are earned on casualty business and in either  case,  not
10        until the profits have been verified.
11             (12)  The managing general agent shall not:
12                  (A)  Bind   reinsurance   or  retrocessions  on
13             behalf of the  insurer,  except  that  the  managing
14             general   agent  may  bind  facultative  reinsurance
15             contracts under obligatory facultative agreements if
16             the contract with the insurer  contains  reinsurance
17             underwriting    guidelines   including,   for   both
18             reinsurance assumed and ceded, a list of  reinsurers
19             with  which  automatic agreements are in effect, the
20             coverages and amounts or  percentages  that  may  be
21             reinsured, and commission schedules.
22                  (B)  Appoint any producer without assuring that
23             the  producer  is  lawfully licensed to transact the
24             type of insurance for which he is appointed.
25                  (C)  Without prior approval of the insurer, pay
26             or  commit  the  insurer  to  pay  a  claim  over  a
27             specified amount, net of reinsurance, that shall not
28             exceed 1% of the insurer's policyholders' surplus as
29             of December 31 of the last completed calendar year.
30                  (D)  Collect any payment from  a  reinsurer  or
31             commit  the  insurer  to any claim settlement with a
32             reinsurer without prior approval of the insurer.  If
33             prior approval is given, a report must  be  promptly
34             forwarded to the insurer.
 
                            -153-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1                  (E)  Permit  its  subproducer  to  serve on its
 2             board of directors.
 3                  (F)  Employ an individual who is also  employed
 4             by the insurer.
 5             (13)  The  contract may not be written for a term of
 6        greater than 5 years.
 7        (d)  Insurers shall have the following duties:
 8             (1)  The insurer shall have  on  file  the  managing
 9        general  agent's  audited  financial statements as of the
10        end of the most recent fiscal year prepared in accordance
11        with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting  Principles.    The
12        insurer  shall  notify  the  Director  if  the  auditor's
13        opinion  on those statements is other than an unqualified
14        opinion.  That notice shall  be  given  to  the  Director
15        within   10  days  of  receiving  the  audited  financial
16        statements or becoming aware that such opinion  has  been
17        given.
18             (2)  If  a  managing  general agent establishes loss
19        reserves, the insurer shall annually obtain  the  opinion
20        of  an actuary attesting to the adequacy of loss reserves
21        established  for  losses  incurred  and  outstanding   on
22        business  produced  by  the  managing  general  agent, in
23        addition   to   any   other   required    loss    reserve
24        certification.
25             (3)  The   insurer   shall  periodically  (at  least
26        semiannually)  conduct   an   on-site   review   of   the
27        underwriting  and  claims  processing  operations  of the
28        managing general agent.
29             (4)  Binding authority for all reinsurance contracts
30        or participation in insurance or  reinsurance  syndicates
31        shall  rest with an officer of the insurer, who shall not
32        be affiliated with the managing general agent.
33             (5)  Within 30 days of entering into or  terminating
34        a  contract  with  a  managing general agent, the insurer
 
                            -154-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        shall provide written notification of the appointment  or
 2        termination to the Director.  Notices of appointment of a
 3        managing  general  agent  shall  include  a  statement of
 4        duties that the  applicant  is  expected  to  perform  on
 5        behalf  of  the insurer, the lines of insurance for which
 6        the applicant is to be authorized to act, and  any  other
 7        information the Director may request.
 8             (6)  An  insurer  shall review its books and records
 9        each quarter to determine if any producer  has  become  a
10        managing general agent.  If the insurer determines that a
11        producer has become a managing general agent, the insurer
12        shall  promptly  notify  the producer and the Director of
13        that determination, and the  insurer  and  producer  must
14        fully  comply  with the provisions of this Section within
15        30 days of the notification.
16             (7)  The insurer shall  file  any  managing  general
17        agent contract for the Director's approval within 45 days
18        after  the  contract  becomes  subject  to  this Section.
19        Failure of the Director to disapprove the contract within
20        45  days  shall  constitute   approval   thereof.    Upon
21        expiration  of the contract, the insurer shall submit the
22        replacement contract for approval.  Contracts filed under
23        this Section shall be exempt from filing  under  Sections
24        141, 141.1 and 131.20a.
25             (8)  An  insurer  shall  not appoint to its board of
26        directors an officer, director, employee, or  controlling
27        shareholder   of   its  managing  general  agents.   This
28        provision shall not apply to  relationships  governed  by
29        Article VIII 1/2 of this Code.
30        (e)  The  acts of a managing general agent are considered
31    to be the acts of the insurer on whose behalf it  is  acting.
32    A  managing  general agent may be examined in the same manner
33    as an insurer.
34        (f)  Retrospective compensation agreements  for  business
 
                            -155-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    written  under Section 4 of this Code in Illinois and outside
 2    of Illinois by an insurer domiciled in  this  State  must  be
 3    filed  for  approval.  The standards for approval shall be as
 4    set forth under Section 141 of this Code.
 5        (g)  Unless specifically required by  the  Director,  the
 6    provisions  of  this  Section shall not apply to arrangements
 7    between a managing general agent not underwriting  any  risks
 8    located  in  Illinois  and  a foreign insurer domiciled in an
 9    NAIC  accredited   state   that   has   adopted   legislation
10    substantially  similar  to  the  NAIC Managing General Agents
11    Model  Act.   "NAIC  accredited  state"  means  a  state   or
12    territory of the United States having an insurance regulatory
13    agency  that  maintains  an  accredited status granted by the
14    National Association of Insurance Commissioners.
15        (h)  If the Director determines that a  managing  general
16    agent  has  not  materially complied with this Section or any
17    regulation or order promulgated hereunder, after  notice  and
18    opportunity  to be heard, the Director may order a penalty in
19    an amount not exceeding $50,000 for each  separate  violation
20    and  may order the revocation or suspension of the producer's
21    license.  If  it  is  found  that  because  of  the  material
22    noncompliance  the  insurer  has suffered any loss or damage,
23    the Director may maintain a civil action  brought  by  or  on
24    behalf of the insurer and its policyholders and creditors for
25    recovery  of  compensatory  damages  for  the  benefit of the
26    insurer  and  its  policyholders  and  creditors   or   other
27    appropriate   relief.   This  subsection  (h)  shall  not  be
28    construed to prevent  any  other  person  from  taking  civil
29    action against a managing general agent.
30        (i)  If  an  Order  of  Rehabilitation  or Liquidation is
31    entered under the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law
32    Article XIII and the  receiver  appointed  under  that  Order
33    determines  that  the  managing  general  agent  or any other
34    person has not materially complied with this Section  or  any
 
                            -156-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    regulation  or  Order  promulgated  hereunder and the insurer
 2    suffered any loss  or  damage  therefrom,  the  receiver  may
 3    maintain  a  civil  action  for  recovery of damages or other
 4    appropriate sanctions for the benefit of the insurer.
 5        Any decision, determination, or  order  of  the  Director
 6    under  this  subsection  shall  be subject to judicial review
 7    under the Administrative Review Law.
 8        Nothing contained in this  subsection  shall  affect  the
 9    right  of the Director to impose any other penalties provided
10    for in this Code.
11        Nothing contained in this subsection is  intended  to  or
12    shall   in  any  manner  limit  or  restrict  the  rights  of
13    policyholders, claimants, and auditors.
14        (j)  A domestic company shall  not  during  any  calendar
15    year  write,  through   a  managing general agent or managing
16    general agents, premiums in an amount  equal  to  or  greater
17    than  its  capital  and  surplus as of the preceding December
18    31st unless the domestic  company  requests  in  writing  the
19    Director's  permission  to  do so and the Director has either
20    approved the request  or  has  not  disapproved  the  request
21    within 45 days after the Director received the request.
22        No  domestic company with less than $5,000,000 of capital
23    and surplus may write any business through a managing general
24    agent unless the domestic company  requests  in  writing  the
25    Director's  permission  to  do so and the Director has either
26    approved the request  or  has  not  disapproved  the  request
27    within 45 days after the Director received the request.
28    (Source: P.A. 88-364; 89-97, eff. 7-7-95.)

29        (215 ILCS 5/147.3)
30        Sec.   147.3.  Issuance  of  capital  notes  by  domestic
31    companies.
32        (a)  A domestic company may at any time or from  time  to
33    time  issue  capital  notes  pursuant  to  this Section in an
 
                            -157-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    aggregate principal amount not exceeding (1) 25% of its total
 2    adjusted capital (including the aggregate principal amount of
 3    outstanding capital notes and outstanding  surplus  notes  or
 4    guaranty fund certificates and guaranty capital shares) as of
 5    the  end  of the immediately preceding calendar year less (2)
 6    the aggregate principal amount of outstanding  capital  notes
 7    and  outstanding  surplus notes or guaranty fund certificates
 8    and guaranty capital shares; provided, however, that  capital
 9    notes  shall  not be issued for an aggregate principal amount
10    that would cause the aggregate principal amount  for  all  of
11    the  insurer's  capital  notes  scheduled  to  mature  in any
12    calendar year to exceed 5%, or the aggregate principal amount
13    of all of the insurer's capital notes scheduled to mature  in
14    any  3  consecutive  calendar  years  to  exceed  12%, of the
15    insurer's total  adjusted  capital  as  of  the  end  of  the
16    calendar  year  immediately  preceding  the  issuance  of the
17    capital notes. The aggregate  amount  of  capital  notes  and
18    surplus  notes  or  guaranty  fund  certificates and guaranty
19    capital shares is at all times limited to 33  1/3%  of  total
20    adjusted  capital.   Any  aggregate  amount in excess of this
21    limit shall reduce the amount of capital  notes  included  in
22    the insurer's total adjusted capital.
23        (b)  No  insurer  shall  issue  capital notes pursuant to
24    this Section unless the form and  terms  thereof  shall  have
25    been  approved by the Director.  The term of any capital note
26    shall be no less than 5 years.
27        (c)  An insurer with a  capital  note  outstanding  shall
28    file  a  report  with  the Director at the same time that the
29    insurer files its Annual Statement and at such other times as
30    the Director determines necessary.  The Director may by  rule
31    establish times for and the content of these reports.
32        (d)  The  insurer  shall  not pay or redeem the principal
33    amount of any capital notes, make any sinking  fund  payment,
34    or pay any interest on the notes, and the principal, payment,
 
                            -158-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    and interest shall not become due or payable if, based on the
 2    preceding year-end annual statement filed with the Director:
 3             (1)(A)  The insurer's total adjusted capital is less
 4        than  the  insurer's  company action level RBC or (B) the
 5        insurer's total adjusted capital is less than the product
 6        of 1.25 and its company action level RBC and there  is  a
 7        negative  trend,  as  determined  in  accordance with the
 8        Article IIA of this Code; or
 9             (2)  the aggregate of all  payments  or  redemptions
10        made  during  a  calendar year would, if made immediately
11        prior to the preceding  year-end,  have  caused  (A)  the
12        insurer's  total  adjusted  capital  to  be less than the
13        insurer's company action level RBC or (B)  the  insurer's
14        total  adjusted  capital at such time to be less than the
15        product of 1.25 and its  company  action  level  RBC  and
16        there  is  a  negative trend, as determined in accordance
17        with Article IIA of this Code.
18        Notwithstanding items (1) and (2), upon  request  by  the
19    insurer,  the  Director may approve, in whole or in part, any
20    payment or redemption on the capital notes  if  and  at  such
21    time  or  times  as  in  his  or  her  judgment the financial
22    condition  of  the  insurer  warrants.   The  amount  of  the
23    redemptions or payments of principal amounts of  any  capital
24    notes  that cannot be made as the result of the provisions of
25    this subsection may accumulate at the rate of interest of the
26    capital notes.
27        (e)  Capital notes issued pursuant to this Section:
28             (1)  may provide (A) for interest payments at  fixed
29        or  adjustable rates, sinking fund payments, and payments
30        and redemptions of principal, in each case in  accordance
31        with  the terms of the capital note and without the prior
32        approval of the Director except to the extent  that  such
33        approval  is  required  pursuant  to  this  subsection or
34        subsection (d) of this  Section,  (B)  that  the  capital
 
                            -159-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        notes  automatically  become due and payable in the event
 2        the   insurer   becomes   subject   to   an   order    of
 3        rehabilitation,   liquidation,  or  conservation  granted
 4        pursuant to a proceeding  under  the  Interstate  Compact
 5        Uniform  Receivership  Law Article XIII of this Code, and
 6        (C) for such other features as  the  Director  determines
 7        are  appropriate  for  capital  notes issued according to
 8        this Section; and
 9             (2)  shall  provide  that  if  at  the  end  of  any
10        calendar year the total amount  of  the  insurer's  total
11        adjusted   capital  (including  the  aggregate  principal
12        amount  of  outstanding  capital  notes  and  outstanding
13        surplus notes or guaranty fund certificates and  guaranty
14        capital  shares)  is  less  than  3  times  the aggregate
15        principal amount of capital notes outstanding and surplus
16        notes or guaranty fund certificates and guaranty  capital
17        shares,  the  Director  may  notify  the insurer that the
18        financial condition of the insurer does not  warrant  the
19        payment  or  redemption or sinking fund payment, in whole
20        or in part, on the capital notes.   Such  action  by  the
21        Director  shall,  without  any  action on the part of the
22        insurer or any other person, automatically defer  payment
23        or  redemption until such time as the Director finds that
24        the financial condition warrants payment  or  redemption.
25        The  amount  of  redemptions  or  payments  of  principal
26        amounts  of  any capital notes so deferred may accumulate
27        at the rate of interest of the capital notes.
28        (f)  The outstanding principal of a capital  note  issued
29    pursuant  to  this  Section  shall  be considered part of the
30    insurer's total adjusted capital, but shall not be considered
31    part of the insurer's surplus; provided, however,  (1)  that,
32    in  the  case  of  any capital note maturing 15 years or less
33    from the year in which the capital note is issued,  one-fifth
34    of  the  aggregate principal amount of the capital note shall
 
                            -160-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    be subtracted  from  total  adjusted  capital  in  each  year
 2    starting  with  the  fifth  year  immediately  preceding  the
 3    calendar  year  in  which  the  capital  note is scheduled to
 4    mature; and (2)  that,  in  the  case  of  any  capital  note
 5    maturing  more  than  15  years  from  the  year in which the
 6    capital note is issued, one-tenth of the aggregate  principal
 7    amount  of  the  capital  note shall be subtracted from total
 8    adjusted capital in each year starting with  the  tenth  year
 9    immediately  preceding the calendar year in which the capital
10    note is scheduled to mature, and further provided that, in no
11    event shall the amount included in total adjusted capital for
12    any capital note exceed the principal amount,  at  issue,  of
13    the  outstanding  capital  note  less  the  aggregate  of all
14    sinking fund payments made on the capital note.  The  insurer
15    shall  disclose  the  aggregate  principal  amount of capital
16    notes then  outstanding  as  a  liability  on  its  financial
17    statements filed with the Director pursuant to this Code.
18        (g)  As  used  in this Section, the terms "total adjusted
19    capital", "company action level RBC", and "authorized control
20    level RBC" shall have  the  meanings  given  those  terms  in
21    Article IIA of this Code.
22    (Source: P.A. 90-831, eff. 8-14-97.)

23        (215 ILCS 5/186.1) (from Ch. 73, par. 798.1)
24        Sec. 186.1.  Supervision by the Director.
25        (1)  If   the   Director  determines  that  any  domestic
26    insurance company is operating in a manner, that  could  lead
27    to, or is in, a financial condition, which if continued would
28    make  it  hazardous to the public, and its policyholders, the
29    Director may issue an order:
30        (a)  notifying the company and its Board of Directors  of
31    his determination and setting forth the specific deficiencies
32    leading to the determination;
33        (b)  setting   forth  the  specific  action  required  or
 
                            -161-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    prohibited to correct the cited deficiencies; and
 2        (c)  ordering the company to comply with  the  Director's
 3    order  within  such  reasonable  time  as  the Director shall
 4    prescribe.
 5        (2)  Operation  or   financial   condition   deficiencies
 6    supporting  the Director's determination under subsection (1)
 7    may include, but are not limited to, the following:
 8        (a)  The company has failed to maintain a relationship of
 9    policyholder surplus  to  premium  writings  or  policyholder
10    surplus to claim and unearned premium reserves which provides
11    a   reasonable   margin   of  safety  for  the  policyholders
12    considering the classes of insurance the company is writing.
13        (b)  The company's asset liquidity  is  not  adequate  to
14    provide orderly payment of its obligations.
15        (c)  The  company's  current  or  projected net income is
16    inadequate to meet its present or projected obligations.
17        (d)  The  company  has  a  history   of   claim   reserve
18    inadequacy  which  affects  the  reliability of its financial
19    statements.
20        (e)  The company has failed to  maintain  adequate  books
21    and   records   or  has  otherwise  conducted  its  insurance
22    operation in a manner which impairs the Director's ability to
23    determine its true financial condition.
24        (3)  If a company fails to  comply  with  the  Director's
25    order  issued  pursuant  to  subsection  (1)  within the time
26    prescribed for such compliance  the  Director  may  institute
27    proceedings   for   the   conservation,   rehabilitation   or
28    liquidation  of  the  company  under  the  Interstate Compact
29    Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII of this Code.
30        (4)(a)  The Director may require that the company prepare
31    and file a plan to correct  the  deficiencies  cited  by  the
32    Director  in  his  order within such time as the Director may
33    prescribe.  A  corrective  order  may  require,  prohibit  or
34    permit  certain  acts  subject  to  conditions  including the
 
                            -162-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Director's prior approval.  The scope of a  corrective  order
 2    may relate to but shall not be limited to:
 3        (i)  the disposition, recovery or mix of assets;
 4        (ii)  the assumption or cession of reinsurance, including
 5    reinsurance of outstanding risks;
 6        (iii)  lending and borrowing;
 7        (iv)  investments;
 8        (v)  restricting underwriting and marketing activities.
 9        (b)  The Director may require that any company under such
10    corrective  order  direct  any  certified public accountants,
11    consulting actuary or financial consultant  retained  by  the
12    company  to prepare for the Director such reports, accounting
13    data and such other reports as the  Director  may  reasonably
14    require to assist in carrying out the responsibilities of the
15    Director under this Section.
16        (5)(a)  Any company subject to an order under subsections
17    (1)  or  (4)  may  request  a  hearing before the Director to
18    review that order.  Such request shall  be  made  in  writing
19    within  10 days of the receipt of such order, shall state the
20    company's objections to the order, and shall be addressed  to
21    the  Director.   Such hearing shall be convened not less than
22    10 days nor more than 20 days after receipt  of  the  written
23    request  for  hearing  unless  otherwise  agreed  to  by  the
24    company.   The  Director  shall  make  a  final determination
25    within 10 days after the  conclusion  of  the  hearing.   The
26    Director  shall  hold  all  hearings  under  this  subsection
27    privately  in accordance with subsection (6) of this Section.
28    The pendency of a hearing or pendency of the Director's final
29    determination shall not stay the  effect  of  the  Director's
30    order.
31        (b)  After the Director's final determination pursuant to
32    any   hearing   under  this  subsection,  any  party  to  the
33    proceedings whose interests are affected  by  the  Director's
34    final  determination  shall be entitled to judicial review of
 
                            -163-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    such final determination pursuant to the  provisions  of  the
 2    "Administrative Review Law".
 3        Notwithstanding   the   availability   of  administrative
 4    remedies or judicial review under the "Administrative  Review
 5    Law",  a company which is subject to an order of the Director
 6    under this Section shall be entitled  to  immediate  judicial
 7    review  and  injunctive  relief  in the Circuit Court of Cook
 8    County  or  the  Circuit  Court  of  Sangamon   County   upon
 9    satisfying the court:
10        (i)  that  accepting  the facts set forth in the order as
11    true, the order is arbitrary or capricious;
12        (ii)  that  the  company's  interests  are  substantially
13    impaired by the order; and
14        (iii)  that the company will suffer permanent  injury  in
15    the absence of immediate injunctive relief.
16        (6)  All  administrative and judicial proceedings arising
17    under this Article shall be held privately  unless  a  public
18    hearing  is  requested by the company, and all records of the
19    company, and all records of  the  Department  concerning  the
20    company,  so  far  as  they  pertain  to or are a part of the
21    record of the proceedings, shall be and remain  confidential,
22    unless  the  company  requests otherwise.  Such records shall
23    not be subject  to  public  disclosure  under  "the  Illinois
24    Freedom  of Information Act", certified December 27, 1983, as
25    amended, or otherwise, nor shall such records be  subject  to
26    subpoena  by  third  parties, unless the company and Director
27    consent to such disclosure or release under subpoena.
28        (7)  The powers vested in the Director  by  this  Section
29    are  additional  to  any  and  all  other powers and remedies
30    vested in the Director by law, and nothing  herein  contained
31    shall  prohibit  the Director from proceeding under any other
32    applicable law or under this Section in conjunction with  any
33    other law.
34    (Source: P.A. 84-715.)
 
                            -164-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        (215 ILCS 5/232) (from Ch. 73, par. 844)
 2        Sec.  232. Extension of time and modification of standard
 3    provisions.
 4        (1)  Any company authorized to transact business in  this
 5    State  on  the  effective  date  of this Code may continue to
 6    issue policies and contracts of the  kind  or  kinds  it  was
 7    permitted  to issue immediately prior to such effective date,
 8    until December 31, 1937.
 9        (2)  Policies and contracts may be issued  and  delivered
10    in  this State which contain provisions more favorable to the
11    holders of such  policies  or  contracts  than  the  standard
12    provisions  required by this Article. No domestic company and
13    holder of a policy or contract shall after the effective date
14    of this Code enter into any agreement to waive or  modify  in
15    whole  or  in part a standard provision required by this Code
16    or any prior law of this  State,  for  the  benefit  of  such
17    holder,  unless  the  agreement  be  approved by a court in a
18    proceeding under the Interstate Compact Uniform  Receivership
19    Law Article XIII.
20    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)

21        (215 ILCS 5/251) (from Ch. 73, par. 863)
22        Sec.  251. Record of securities; deficit; when insolvent.
23    The Director shall keep a record of the securities  deposited
24    by each company and when furnishing the annual certificate of
25    valuation  mentioned  in  section 249, he shall enter thereon
26    the amount and market value of such securities  deposited  by
27    such  company.  If  at  any  time  it  shall appear from such
28    certificate or otherwise that the  value  of  the  securities
29    held  on  deposit  is  less  than  the  reserve  value of the
30    registered policies theretofore issued by such company,  less
31    such  liens (not exceeding such reserve value) as the company
32    may have against them, and the company shall fail or  neglect
33    to  make  good  such deposit within sixty days, after written
 
                            -165-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    notice by the Director, it shall be deemed  to  be  insolvent
 2    and  shall be proceeded against in the manner provided in the
 3    Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.
 4    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)

 5        (215 ILCS 5/310.1) (from Ch. 73, par. 922.1)
 6        Sec. 310.1.  Suspension, revocation or refusal  to  renew
 7    certificate of authority.
 8        (a)  Domestic  societies.  When, upon  investigation, the
 9    Director is satisfied that any domestic  society  transacting
10    business under this amendatory Act has exceeded its powers or
11    has  failed to comply with any provisions  of this amendatory
12    Act or is  conducting  business  fraudulently  or  in  a  way
13    hazardous  to  its members, creditors or the public or is not
14    carrying out its contracts in good faith, the Director  shall
15    notify the society of his or her findings, stating in writing
16    the  grounds  of  his  or  her  dissatisfaction,  and,  after
17    reasonable  notice,  require  the  society on a date named to
18    show cause why its certificate of  authority  should  not  be
19    revoked  or suspended or why such society should not be fined
20    as  hereinafter  provided  or  why  the  Director  should not
21    proceed against  the society  under  the  Interstate  Compact
22    Uniform  Receivership  Law  Article XIII of this Code. If, on
23    the date named in said notice, such objections have not  been
24    removed to the satisfaction of the Director or if the society
25    does   not  present  good  and  sufficient  reasons  why  its
26    authority to transact business in this State  should  not  at
27    that  time be revoked or suspended or why such society should
28    not be fined  as  hereinafter  provided,   the  Director  may
29    revoke  the authority  of the society to continue business in
30    this  State  and  proceed  against  the  society  under   the
31    Interstate  Compact  Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII of
32    this Code or suspend such certificate of  authority  for  any
33    period  of  time up to, but not to exceed, 2 years; or may by
 
                            -166-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    order require such society to pay to the people of the  State
 2    of  Illinois  a  penalty  in a sum not exceeding $5,000, and,
 3    upon the failure of such society to pay such  penalty  within
 4    20  days  after  the  mailing of such order, postage prepaid,
 5    registered and addressed to the last known place of  business
 6    of such society, unless such order is stayed by an order of a
 7    court  of  competent jurisdiction, the Director may revoke or
 8    suspend the  license of such society for any period  of  time
 9    up to, but not exceeding, a period  of 2 years.
10        (b)  Foreign  or  alien  societies.  The  Director  shall
11    suspend,  revoke or refuse to renew certificates of authority
12    in accordance with Article VI of this Code.
13    (Source: P.A. 84-303.)

14        (215 ILCS 5/311.1) (from Ch. 73, par. 923.1)
15        Sec. 311.1.  Injunction proceedings.
16        (a) Upon the refusal or neglect of any  society  to  make
17    the  annual report, as provided in this amendatory Act, or in
18    case any such  society  shall  exceed  its  powers  or  shall
19    conduct  its business fraudulently or is not carrying out its
20    contracts in good faith or shall be 30 days in arrears in the
21    payment  of  death  or  disability  claims,   endowments   or
22    annuities  after  the  same have been allowed by the board of
23    directors or other person or persons whose duty it is to pass
24    upon such claims and after establishment of the interest  and
25    competency  of  the  payee to receive, receipt and acquit for
26    payment, provided  that  such  claim  shall  be  approved  or
27    disapproved within 60 days after receipt of due proof of loss
28    or  death  or,  after  one  year's  existence,  shall  have a
29    membership of less than 500 or shall determine to discontinue
30    business or shall fail to comply with any of  the  provisions
31    of  this  amendatory  Act,  the  Director  shall  immediately
32    commence,  or  cause  to be commenced, an action against such
33    society under the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law
 
                            -167-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Article XIII of  this  Code  and  to  enjoin  the  same  from
 2    carrying  on  any business, and an injunction may be granted,
 3    upon proper showing by the Director, in any circuit court  in
 4    this State; provided, however, that no injunction against any
 5    society  within  this State or application for or appointment
 6    of a receiver or action to prevent any society from  carrying
 7    on  business  in  this  State shall be made or granted by any
 8    court except on the application of  the  Director  and  after
 9    written  notice duly made and served upon the chief executive
10    officer  of  such  society  within   this   State,   or,   if
11    incorporated  under  the  laws  of  another  state, then such
12    notice may be served by sending the same to the president  or
13    secretary  of  the  society  by  registered  mail at the home
14    office of the society, and a full hearing before such  court,
15    whether the party seeking such relief be the State, member of
16    such society or any other person whatsoever.
17        (b)  If  the  court  shall  find  that  such  society  so
18    enjoined   was  in  default  as  charged  and  the  violation
19    complained of shall have been corrected  and  the  injunction
20    dissolved,  the  society may continue in business provided it
21    shall have satisfied the Director that it has paid the  costs
22    of  the  action.  Any officer, agent or person acting for any
23    society or subordinate body thereof within this State and who
24    shall transact any business for such society contrary to  the
25    provisions  of  such  injunction  or  prohibition  while such
26    society  shall  be  so  enjoined  or  prohibited  from  doing
27    business pursuant to this  amendatory  Act  shall  be  deemed
28    guilty of a Class A misdemeanor.
29    (Source: P.A. 84-303.)

30        (215 ILCS 5/324) (from Ch. 73, par. 936)
31        Sec.  324.  Membership.  Every mutual benefit association
32    shall have and maintain a membership of  at  least  500  five
33    hundred  members. If any association shall not have collected
 
                            -168-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    any one assessment levied pursuant to this  Article  from  at
 2    least  500  five  hundred  members,  after  the  levy of such
 3    assessment, it  shall  be  subject  to  liquidation  and  the
 4    Director  may  proceed  against  such  association  under the
 5    Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.
 6    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)

 7        (215 ILCS 5/327) (from Ch. 73, par. 939)
 8        Sec. 327. Benefit fund.
 9        (1)  Every association  shall  maintain  a  benefit  fund
10    which  shall  be  used  solely  for  the payment of claims of
11    members and no part thereof shall be used for  defraying  the
12    expenses  of the association. Such fund, any portion of which
13    may be deposited with the Director, may be held  in  cash  or
14    invested  in securities of the United States Government or of
15    the State of Illinois, and not otherwise. All moneys or other
16    assets  of  the  benefit  account,  as  defined  in  the  Act
17    mentioned in Section 316, of any association shall  upon  the
18    effective  date  of  this  Code  be deemed transferred to and
19    become a part of its benefit fund. The minimum amount of such
20    benefit fund at all times after one year from  the  effective
21    date  of  this Code shall be $1,000, plus the sum of $200 for
22    each 100 members in excess of 500. If the benefit fund of any
23    association at any time after one  year  from  the  effective
24    date  of  this  Code  shall  be  less than the minimum amount
25    required by this section and is not increased to such minimum
26    within 90 days, the association shall be deemed insolvent and
27    the Director shall proceed against it  under  the  Interstate
28    Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.
29        (2)  Whenever the association shall have been notified of
30    any  loss  under its certificate of membership, which exceeds
31    in amount the benefit fund of the association, the  president
32    shall convene the directors of the association who shall levy
33    an assessment against all members for an amount sufficient to
 
                            -169-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    pay  all  such  losses  of  the  association at the time said
 2    assessment is made  and  for  an  amount  in  excess  thereof
 3    sufficient to maintain the minimum amount of the benefit fund
 4    as provided in this section. Assessments provided for in this
 5    section  shall  be distributed equally against all members of
 6    the association except for children under 16  years  of  age.
 7    The board of directors shall assess each such child an amount
 8    not  to  exceed  one  half  of the amount levied against each
 9    other member.
10        (3)  In order to provide  for  an  unexpected  number  of
11    deaths,   an   association  shall  have  the  right  to  levy
12    additional assessments whenever  in  the  discretion  of  the
13    board  of directors the same shall be deemed advisable except
14    that no assessment may be levied if the amount in the benefit
15    fund exceeds, or if such assessment will increase the  amount
16    of  the  benefit  fund  in  excess  of a sum equal to $25 per
17    member in good standing. The  entire  proceeds  of  all  such
18    additional assessments shall be placed in the benefit fund.
19    (Source: Laws 1957, p. 68.)

20        (215 ILCS 5/331) (from Ch. 73, par. 943)
21        Sec.  331.  Payment of claims.  All claims filed with the
22    association shall be approved or disapproved within 60  sixty
23    days after receipt of due proof of death or disability and if
24    approved,  shall  be  paid  within  60  sixty days after such
25    approval. If a claim is disapproved,  the  association  shall
26    forthwith  notify  the beneficiary or person filing the proof
27    of death or disability of the reasons for  such  disapproval.
28    The  Director  shall  proceed  under  the  Interstate Compact
29    Uniform  Receivership  Law  Article  XIII  to  liquidate  any
30    association which shall conduct its business fraudulently, or
31    is not carrying out its contracts in good faith, or shall  be
32    60  sixty  days or more in arrears in payment of claims after
33    the same have been allowed by the board of directors, or  has
 
                            -170-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    violated any of the provisions of this Article.
 2    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)

 3        (215 ILCS 5/345) (from Ch. 73, par. 957)
 4        Sec.  345.  Society  and  directors  or  officers may not
 5    advertise  funeral  supplies.   No  burial  society  nor  any
 6    officer, director or agent of any burial society shall  offer
 7    or  make  any  oral or written agreement to furnish, or shall
 8    distribute or cause  to  be  distributed  any  literature  or
 9    advertising  of  any kind whatsoever which offers or purports
10    to offer, funeral supplies of any kind in lieu  of  the  cash
11    payment  upon  the  death  of a member. Upon any violation of
12    this Section by any society, or officer,  director  or  agent
13    thereof, the Director shall proceed to liquidate such society
14    in  accordance  with the provisions of the Interstate Compact
15    Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII.
16    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 689.)

17        (215 ILCS 5/347) (from Ch. 73, par. 959)
18        Sec. 347. Failure to maintain deposit; Payment of claims.
19    All  claims  filed  with  a  society  shall  be  approved  or
20    disapproved within 60 sixty days after receipt of  due  proof
21    of  death  and,  if  approved, shall be paid within 30 thirty
22    days after such approval. The Director  shall  proceed  under
23    the  Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII
24    to liquidate any society which shall  fail  to  maintain  the
25    deposit  required  by  this  Article,  or  shall  conduct its
26    business fraudulently, or is not carrying out  its  contracts
27    in  good faith, or shall be thirty days or more in arrears in
28    payment of death claims after the same have been  allowed  by
29    the board of directors, or has violated any of the provisions
30    of this Article.
31    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)
 
                            -171-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        (215 ILCS 5/451) (from Ch. 73, par. 1063)
 2        Sec. 451. Companies not subject to Code.  This Code shall
 3    not   apply  to  companies  now  or  hereafter  organized  or
 4    transacting business under an Act entitled "An Act to provide
 5    for and regulate the business of guaranteeing titles to  real
 6    estate  by  corporations,"  approved  May  13,  1901,  or Act
 7    amendatory  thereof  or   supplementary   thereto;   nor   to
 8    corporations  now  or  hereafter  organized  and  transacting
 9    business  under  "An Act to provide for the incorporation and
10    regulation  of  nonprofit  hospital   service   corporations"
11    approved   July   6,  1935,  or  act  amendatory  thereof  or
12    supplementary thereto; nor shall any part of this Code  other
13    than Articles X, XI, XIII, and XXIV apply to companies now or
14    hereafter  organized  or  transacting  business  under an Act
15    entitled, "An Act relating to local mutual  district,  county
16    and  township  insurance companies," approved March 13, 1936,
17    or Act amendatory thereof or supplementary thereto,  however,
18    such  companies are subject to the Interstate Compact Uniform
19    Receivership Law. No  domestic  company  shall  be  organized
20    under  this  Code,  nor  shall  any  foreign or alien company
21    receive a  certificate  of  authority  under  this  Code,  to
22    transact  the  business of guaranteeing or insuring titles to
23    real estate.
24    (Source: Laws 1937, p. 696.)

25        (215 ILCS 5/545) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.95)
26        Sec. 545.  Effect of paid claims.
27        (a)  Every insured or claimant seeking the protection  of
28    this Article shall cooperate with the Fund to the same extent
29    as such person would have been required to cooperate with the
30    insolvent company. The Fund shall have all the rights, duties
31    and obligations under the policy to the extent of the covered
32    claim  payment,  provided  the  Fund  shall  have no cause of
33    action against the insured of the insolvent company  for  any
 
                            -172-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    sums  it  has  paid  out  except such causes of action as the
 2    insolvent company would have had if such sums had  been  paid
 3    by  the insolvent company and except as provided in paragraph
 4    (d) of this Section.
 5        (b)  The Fund and any  similar  organization  in  another
 6    state  shall be recognized as claimants in the liquidation of
 7    an insolvent company for any amounts paid by them on  covered
 8    claims  obligations  as  determined  under  this  Article  or
 9    similar  laws  in other states and shall receive dividends at
10    the priority set forth  in  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform
11    Receivership  Law  paragraph (d) of subsection (1) of Section
12    205 of this Code. The  liquidator  of  an  insolvent  company
13    shall be bound by determinations of covered claim eligibility
14    under  the  Act and by settlements of claims made by the Fund
15    or a similar organization in another state on the receipt  of
16    certification   of   such   payments,  to  the  extent  those
17    determinations or  settlements  satisfy  obligations  of  the
18    Fund, but the receiver shall not be bound in any way by those
19    determinations  or  settlements  to  the  extent  that  there
20    remains  a  claim  in the estate for amounts in excess of the
21    payments by the Fund. In submitting their claim  for  covered
22    claim  payments,  the  Fund  and  any similar organization in
23    another state shall not be subject to the requirements of the
24    Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law Sections 208  and
25    209  of this Code and shall not be affected by the failure of
26    the person receiving a covered claim payment to file a  proof
27    of claim.
28        (c)  The   expenses  of  the  Fund  and  of  any  similar
29    organization in any other state, other than expenses incurred
30    in the performance of duties under  Section  547  or  similar
31    duties  under the statute governing a similar organization in
32    another state, shall be accorded the  same  priority  as  the
33    liquidator's  expenses.   The  liquidator  shall  make prompt
34    reimbursement to the Fund and any  similar  organization  for
 
                            -173-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    such expense payments.
 2        (d)  The Fund has the right to recover from the following
 3    persons the amount of any covered claims and allocated claims
 4    expenses  which  the  Fund paid or incurred on behalf of such
 5    person in satisfaction, in whole or  in  part,  of  liability
 6    obligations of such person to any other person:
 7             (i)  any  insured  whose net worth on December 31 of
 8        the year next preceding the date the company  becomes  an
 9        insolvent  company  exceeds $25,000,000; provided that an
10        insured's net worth on  such  date  shall  be  deemed  to
11        include the aggregate net worth of the insured and all of
12        its affiliates as calculated on a consolidated basis.
13             (ii)  any   insured  who  is  an  affiliate  of  the
14        insolvent company.
15    (Source: P.A. 89-206, eff. 7-21-95; 90-499, eff. 8-19-97.)

16        (215 ILCS 5/552) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.102)
17        Sec. 552.   All  provisions  of  this  Article  shall  be
18    interpreted in accordance with and pursuant to those Sections
19    of  the  Interstate  Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article
20    XIII of this Code which may be applicable.
21    (Source: P.A. 85-576.)

22        (215 ILCS 5/1108) (from Ch. 73, par. 1065.808)
23        Sec. 1108.  Trust; filing requirements; records.
24        (1) Any risk retention trust created under  this  Article
25    shall file with the Director:
26             (a)  A   statement   of   intent  to  provide  named
27        coverages.
28             (b)  The trust agreement between the  trust  sponsor
29        and   the   trustees,   detailing  the  organization  and
30        administration    of    the    trust    and     fiduciary
31        responsibilities.
32             (c)  Signed  risk pooling agreements from each trust
 
                            -174-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        member describing their  intent  to  participate  in  the
 2        trust and maintain the contingency reserve fund.
 3             (d)  By  April  1 of each year a financial statement
 4        for the preceding calendar year ending December 31, and a
 5        list of all beneficiaries during the year.  The financial
 6        statement and  report  shall  be  in  such  form  as  the
 7        Director  of  Insurance  may  prescribe.   The  truth and
 8        accuracy of the financial statement shall be attested  to
 9        by  each  trustee.   Each Risk Retention Trust shall file
10        with the Director by June 1 an opinion of an  independent
11        certified public accountant on the financial condition of
12        the  Risk  Retention  Trust  for the most recent calendar
13        year and  the  results  of  its  operations,  changes  in
14        financial position and changes in capital and surplus for
15        the   year  then  ended  in  conformity  with  accounting
16        practices  permitted  or  prescribed  by   the   Illinois
17        Department of Insurance.
18             (e)  The  name  of a bank or trust company with whom
19        the trust will enter into an escrow agreement which shall
20        state  that  the  contingency  reserve   fund   will   be
21        maintained at the levels prescribed in this Article.
22             (f)  Copies of coverage grants it will issue.
23        (2)  The  Director of Insurance shall charge, collect and
24    give proper acquittances for the  payment  of  the  following
25    fees and charges:
26             (a)  For   filing   trust   instruments,  amendments
27        thereto  and  financial  statement  and  report  of   the
28        trustees, $25.
29             (b)  For copies of papers or records per page, $1.
30             (c)  For certificate to copy of paper, $5.
31             (d)  For  filing an application for the licensing of
32        a risk retention trust, $500.
33        (3)  The trust  shall  keep  its  books  and  records  in
34    accordance  with  the provisions of Section 133 of this Code.
 
                            -175-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    The Director may examine such books and records from time  to
 2    time  as provided in Sections 132  through 132.7 of this Code
 3    and may charge the expense of such examination to  the  trust
 4    as provided in subsection (3) of Section 408 of this Code.
 5        (4)  Trust  funds  established under this Section and all
 6    persons  interest  therein  or  dealing  therewith  shall  be
 7    subject to the provisions of Sections 133, 144.1,  149,  401,
 8    401.1,  402,  403,  403A,  412,  and all of the provisions of
 9    Articles VII, VIII, and XII 1/2 and XIII of this the Code and
10    the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law, as  amended.
11    Except  as  otherwise  provided  in this Section, trust funds
12    established under and which fully comply with  this  Section,
13    shall not be subjected to any other provision of the Code.
14        (5)  The  Director of Insurance may make reasonable rules
15    and regulations pertaining to the standards of  coverage  and
16    administration of the trust authorized by this Section.  Such
17    rules  may  include  but  need  not  be limited to reasonable
18    standards for fiduciary duties of the trustees, standards for
19    the investment of funds, limitation of risks assumed, minimum
20    size, capital, surplus, reserves, and contingency reserves.
21    (Source: P.A. 89-97, eff. 7-7-95.)

22        (215 ILCS 5/Art. XIII rep.)
23        (215 ILCS 5/Art. XIII 1/2 rep.)

24        Section 1202.  The Illinois Insurance Code is amended  by
25    repealing Articles XIII and XIII 1/2.

26        Section   1203.  The   Reinsurance  Intermediary  Act  is
27    amended by changing Section 55 as follows:

28        (215 ILCS 100/55) (from Ch. 73, par. 1655)
29        Sec. 55.  Penalties and liabilities.
30        (a)  If  the  Director  determines  that  a   reinsurance
 
                            -176-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    intermediary has not materially complied with this Act or any
 2    regulation  or  Order promulgated hereunder, after notice and
 3    opportunity to be heard, the Director may order a penalty  in
 4    an  amount  not exceeding $50,000 for each separate violation
 5    and may order the revocation or suspension of the reinsurance
 6    intermediary's license.  If it is found that because  of  the
 7    material  noncompliance the insurer or reinsurer has suffered
 8    any loss or damage, the Director may maintain a civil  action
 9    brought  by  or on behalf of the reinsurer or insurer and its
10    policyholders and  creditors  for  recovery  of  compensatory
11    damages  for  the benefit of the reinsurer or insurer and its
12    policyholders and creditors or seek other appropriate relief.
13    This subsection (a) shall not be  construed  to  prevent  any
14    other  person  from taking civil action against a reinsurance
15    intermediary.
16        (b)  If an Order of Rehabilitation or Liquidation of  the
17    insurer  is  entered  under  the  Interstate  Compact Uniform
18    Receivership Law Article XIII of the Illinois Insurance  Code
19    and  the  receiver appointed under that Order determines that
20    the reinsurance intermediary or  any  other  person  has  not
21    materially  complied with this Act or any regulation or Order
22    promulgated hereunder and the insurer has suffered  any  loss
23    or damage therefrom, the receiver may maintain a civil action
24    for  recovery  of  damages or other appropriate sanctions for
25    the benefit of the insurer.
26        (c)  The  decision,  determination,  or  order   of   the
27    Director  under  subsection  (a)  of  this  Section  shall be
28    subject to judicial review under  the  Administrative  Review
29    Law.
30        (d)  Nothing contained in this Act shall affect the right
31    of the Director to impose any other penalties provided in the
32    Illinois Insurance Code.
33        (e)  Nothing  contained  in  this  Act  is intended to or
34    shall  in  any  manner  limit  or  restrict  the  rights   of
 
                            -177-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    policyholders,  claimants,  creditors, or other third parties
 2    or confer any rights to those persons.
 3    (Source: P.A. 87-108; 88-364.)

 4        Section 1204.  The Producer  Controlled  Insurer  Act  is
 5    amended by changing Section 25 as follows:

 6        (215 ILCS 107/25)
 7        Sec. 25.  Penalties.
 8        (a)  If   the  Director  believes  that  the  controlling
 9    producer or any other person has not materially complied with
10    this Act or any regulation or  order  promulgated  hereunder,
11    after  notice  and  opportunity to be heard, the Director may
12    order the controlling producer to cease placing business with
13    the controlled insurer.  If it is found that  the  controlled
14    insurer  or any policyholder thereof has suffered any loss or
15    damage because of the material  noncompliance,  the  Director
16    may maintain a civil action or intervene in an action brought
17    by  or  on behalf of the insurer or policyholder for recovery
18    of compensatory damages or other  appropriate  relief.   This
19    subsection  (a)  shall  not be construed to prevent any other
20    person  from  taking  civil  action  against  a   controlling
21    producer.
22        (b)  If an order for liquidation or rehabilitation of the
23    controlled  insurer  has  been  entered  under the Interstate
24    Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII of the Illinois
25    Insurance Code and the receiver appointed  under  that  order
26    believes  that  the  controlling producer or any other person
27    has not materially complied with this Act or  any  regulation
28    or  order  promulgated hereunder and the insurer suffered any
29    loss or damage as a result, the receiver may maintain a civil
30    action for recovery of damages or other appropriate sanctions
31    for the benefit of the insurer.
32        (c)  Nothing in this Section shall affect  the  right  of
 
                            -178-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    the  Director  to impose any other penalties authorized under
 2    the Illinois Insurance Code.
 3        (d)  Nothing in this Section is intended to, or shall  in
 4    any  manner,  alter  or  affect  the  rights of policyholder,
 5    claimants, creditors, or other third parties.
 6    (Source: P.A. 87-1090; 88-364.)

 7        Section 1205.  The Dental Service Plan Act is amended  by
 8    changing Section 38 as follows:

 9        (215 ILCS 110/38) (from Ch. 32, par. 690.38)
10        Sec.  38.  To the extent that the same are applicable and
11    not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  all
12    proceedings for the rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation
13    or dissolution of dental service plan corporations  shall  be
14    subject  to  the provisions of the Interstate Compact Uniform
15    Receivership Law Article  XIII  of  the  "Illinois  Insurance
16    Code", approved June 29, 1937, as amended.
17    (Source: Laws 1965, p. 2179.)

18        Section  1206.  The  Farm Mutual Insurance Company Act of
19    1986 is amended by changing Sections 10 and 14 as follows:

20        (215 ILCS 120/10) (from Ch. 73, par. 1260)
21        Sec. 10.  Property insurable; limitations of risk.
22        (1)  Farm mutual insurance  companies  are  permitted  to
23    insure the following classes of property:
24             (a)  Farm  property,  including residences and other
25        farm buildings and all classes of  personal  property  in
26        connection  therewith, other than motor vehicles required
27        to be licensed for  road  use,  including  such  property
28        temporarily located elsewhere;
29             (b)  Growing crops;
30             (c)  Buildings  and  personal  property  used in the
 
                            -179-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        processing of agricultural products in conjunction with a
 2        farming operation;
 3             (d)  Residences, including  household  and  personal
 4        effects,  and including such property temporarily located
 5        elsewhere;
 6             (e)  Churches, schools and community  buildings  and
 7        such property as may be properly contained therein.
 8        No  farm mutual insurance company may insure any property
 9    within  the  limits  of  any  city  containing  over   50,000
10    inhabitants at the time of the organization of the company.
11        (2)  No farm mutual insurance company authorized to write
12    the  kinds  of  insurance enumerated in Section 5 of this Act
13    may expose itself to any loss on any one risk in an amount in
14    excess of $20,000 plus 10% of its policyholders'  surplus  in
15    excess of $20,000.
16        A  farm  mutual  insurance  company  insuring against the
17    perils of wind or hail must have  and  maintain  catastrophic
18    reinsurance  which  limits  the company's exposure on any one
19    loss occurrence to 20% of its policyholders' surplus.
20        No portion of any such risk which has been reinsured with
21    a farm mutual  insurance  company  or  an  insurance  company
22    authorized to write the kinds of insurance described in Class
23    2  or  Class  3  of  Section 4 of the Illinois Insurance Code
24    shall be included  in  determining  the  limitation  of  risk
25    described herein.
26        For purposes of this Section:
27        A  single risk shall be all real and personal property in
28    one fixed location and not separated by 50 feet.
29        As regards the peril of wind  or  hail,  the  term  "loss
30    occurrence"  shall  mean  all losses occasioned by tornadoes,
31    cyclones, windstorms, hurricanes, or hail stones arising from
32    the same atmospheric disturbance  and  occurring  during  any
33    continuous period of not less than 48 hours.
34        (3)  Whenever  the  company's financial condition is such
 
                            -180-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    that the further assumption of risks might  be  hazardous  to
 2    policyholders,  the  Director  of  Insurance  may  order  the
 3    company to take one or more of the following steps:
 4             (a)  To reduce the loss exposure by reinsurance;
 5             (b)  To  reduce the volume of business being written
 6        or renewed;
 7             (c)  To suspend the writing of new business;
 8             (d)  To suspend the writing of both new and  renewal
 9        business;
10             (e)  To levy a special assessment of policyholders;
11             (f)  To  reduce  general  or acquisition expenses by
12        specified methods.
13        (4)  Whenever the Director determines that a farm  mutual
14    insurance company is insolvent he shall order the farm mutual
15    insurance company to levy a special assessment within 30 days
16    of  receipt of such order. If the insolvency is not corrected
17    within 90 days of the mailing of such assessment, the company
18    shall be subject to liquidation pursuant  to  the  Interstate
19    Compact Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII of the Illinois
20    Insurance Code.
21    (Source: P.A. 88-364.)

22        (215 ILCS 120/14) (from Ch. 73, par. 1264)
23        Sec. 14. Membership requirement. Any company which, on or
24    after  December  31, 1988, fails to maintain a minimum of 100
25    members shall be  subject  to  liquidation  pursuant  to  the
26    Interstate  Compact  Uniform Receivership Law Article XIII of
27    the Illinois Insurance Code.
28    (Source: P.A. 84-1431.)

29        Section 1207.  The Health Maintenance Organization Act is
30    amended by changing Sections 5-3, 5-6, and 6-8 as follows:

31        (215 ILCS 125/5-3) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1411.2)
 
                            -181-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Sec. 5-3.  Insurance Code provisions.
 2        (a)  Health Maintenance Organizations shall be subject to
 3    the provisions of Sections 133, 134, 137, 140, 141.1,  141.2,
 4    141.3,  143,  143c, 147, 148, 149, 151, 152, 153, 154, 154.5,
 5    154.6, 154.7, 154.8, 155.04, 355.2, 356m, 356v,  356w,  356x,
 6    356y,  367i,  368a,  401,  401.1, 402, 403, 403A, 408, 408.2,
 7    409, 412, 444, and 444.1, paragraph (c) of subsection (2)  of
 8    Section  367, and Articles IIA, VIII 1/2, XII, XII 1/2, XIII,
 9    XIII 1/2, XXV, and XXVI of the Illinois Insurance Code.
10        (a-5)  Health maintenance organizations  are  subject  to
11    the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law.
12        (b)  For  purposes of the Illinois Insurance Code, except
13    for Sections 444 and 444.1 and Articles XIII  and  XIII  1/2,
14    Health  Maintenance Organizations in the following categories
15    are deemed to be "domestic companies":
16             (1)  a  corporation  authorized  under  the   Dental
17        Service  Plan  Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plans
18        Act;
19             (2)  a corporation organized under the laws of  this
20        State; or
21             (3)  a  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
22        another  state, 30% or more of the enrollees of which are
23        residents of this State, except a corporation subject  to
24        substantially  the  same  requirements  in  its  state of
25        organization as is a  "domestic  company"  under  Article
26        VIII 1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
27        (c)  In  considering  the merger, consolidation, or other
28    acquisition of control of a Health  Maintenance  Organization
29    pursuant to Article VIII 1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code,
30             (1)  the  Director  shall give primary consideration
31        to the continuation of  benefits  to  enrollees  and  the
32        financial  conditions  of the acquired Health Maintenance
33        Organization after the merger,  consolidation,  or  other
34        acquisition of control takes effect;
 
                            -182-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             (2)(i)  the  criteria specified in subsection (1)(b)
 2        of Section 131.8 of the Illinois Insurance Code shall not
 3        apply and (ii) the Director, in making his  determination
 4        with  respect  to  the  merger,  consolidation,  or other
 5        acquisition of control, need not take  into  account  the
 6        effect  on  competition  of the merger, consolidation, or
 7        other acquisition of control;
 8             (3)  the Director shall have the  power  to  require
 9        the following information:
10                  (A)  certification by an independent actuary of
11             the   adequacy   of   the  reserves  of  the  Health
12             Maintenance Organization sought to be acquired;
13                  (B)  pro forma financial statements  reflecting
14             the combined balance sheets of the acquiring company
15             and the Health Maintenance Organization sought to be
16             acquired  as of the end of the preceding year and as
17             of a date 90 days prior to the acquisition, as  well
18             as   pro   forma   financial  statements  reflecting
19             projected combined  operation  for  a  period  of  2
20             years;
21                  (C)  a  pro  forma  business  plan detailing an
22             acquiring  party's  plans  with   respect   to   the
23             operation  of  the  Health  Maintenance Organization
24             sought to be acquired for a period of not less  than
25             3 years; and
26                  (D)  such  other  information  as  the Director
27             shall require.
28        (d)  The provisions of Article VIII 1/2 of  the  Illinois
29    Insurance  Code  and this Section 5-3 shall apply to the sale
30    by any health maintenance organization of greater than 10% of
31    its enrollee population  (including  without  limitation  the
32    health  maintenance organization's right, title, and interest
33    in and to its health care certificates).
34        (e)  In considering any management  contract  or  service
 
                            -183-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    agreement  subject to Section 141.1 of the Illinois Insurance
 2    Code, the Director (i) shall, in  addition  to  the  criteria
 3    specified  in  Section  141.2 of the Illinois Insurance Code,
 4    take into account the effect of the  management  contract  or
 5    service   agreement   on  the  continuation  of  benefits  to
 6    enrollees  and  the  financial  condition   of   the   health
 7    maintenance  organization to be managed or serviced, and (ii)
 8    need not take into  account  the  effect  of  the  management
 9    contract or service agreement on competition.
10        (f)  Except  for  small employer groups as defined in the
11    Small Employer Rating, Renewability  and  Portability  Health
12    Insurance  Act and except for medicare supplement policies as
13    defined in Section 363 of  the  Illinois  Insurance  Code,  a
14    Health  Maintenance Organization may by contract agree with a
15    group or other enrollment unit to effect  refunds  or  charge
16    additional premiums under the following terms and conditions:
17             (i)  the  amount  of, and other terms and conditions
18        with respect to, the refund or additional premium are set
19        forth in the group or enrollment unit contract agreed  in
20        advance of the period for which a refund is to be paid or
21        additional  premium  is to be charged (which period shall
22        not be less than one year); and
23             (ii)  the amount of the refund or additional premium
24        shall  not  exceed  20%   of   the   Health   Maintenance
25        Organization's profitable or unprofitable experience with
26        respect  to  the  group  or other enrollment unit for the
27        period (and, for  purposes  of  a  refund  or  additional
28        premium,  the profitable or unprofitable experience shall
29        be calculated taking into account a pro rata share of the
30        Health  Maintenance  Organization's  administrative   and
31        marketing  expenses,  but shall not include any refund to
32        be made or additional premium to be paid pursuant to this
33        subsection (f)).  The Health Maintenance Organization and
34        the  group  or  enrollment  unit  may  agree   that   the
 
                            -184-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        profitable  or  unprofitable experience may be calculated
 2        taking into account the refund period and the immediately
 3        preceding 2 plan years.
 4        The  Health  Maintenance  Organization  shall  include  a
 5    statement in the evidence of coverage issued to each enrollee
 6    describing the possibility of a refund or additional premium,
 7    and upon request of any group or enrollment unit, provide  to
 8    the group or enrollment unit a description of the method used
 9    to   calculate  (1)  the  Health  Maintenance  Organization's
10    profitable experience with respect to the group or enrollment
11    unit and the resulting refund to the group or enrollment unit
12    or (2) the  Health  Maintenance  Organization's  unprofitable
13    experience  with  respect to the group or enrollment unit and
14    the resulting additional premium to be paid by the  group  or
15    enrollment unit.
16        In   no  event  shall  the  Illinois  Health  Maintenance
17    Organization  Guaranty  Association  be  liable  to  pay  any
18    contractual obligation of an insolvent  organization  to  pay
19    any refund authorized under this Section.
20    (Source: P.A.  90-25,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-177,  eff.  7-23-97;
21    90-372,  eff.  7-1-98;  90-583,  eff.  5-29-98;  90-655, eff.
22    7-30-98; 90-741, eff. 1-1-99; 91-357, eff.  7-29-99;  91-406,
23    eff.  1-1-00;  91-549,  eff.  8-14-99; 91-605, eff. 12-14-99;
24    91-788, eff. 6-9-00.)

25        (215 ILCS 125/5-6) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1414)
26        Sec. 5-6.  Supervision of rehabilitation, liquidation  or
27    conservation by the Director.
28        (a)  For  purposes  of the rehabilitation, liquidation or
29    conservation  of  a  health  maintenance  organization,   the
30    operation  of a health maintenance organization in this State
31    constitutes a form of insurance protection  which  should  be
32    governed by the same provisions governing the rehabilitation,
33    liquidation  or  conservation  of  insurance  companies.  Any
 
                            -185-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    rehabilitation,  liquidation  or  conservation  of  a  Health
 2    Maintenance  Organization shall be based upon the grounds set
 3    forth in and subject to the provisions of the  laws  of  this
 4    State   regarding   the   rehabilitation,   liquidation,   or
 5    conservation  of  an insurance company and shall be conducted
 6    under the supervision  of  the  Director.  Insolvency,  as  a
 7    ground  for rehabilitation, liquidation, or conservation of a
 8    Health Maintenance Organization, shall be recognized  when  a
 9    Health Maintenance Organization cannot be expected to satisfy
10    its financial obligations when such obligations are to become
11    due or when the Health Maintenance Organization has neglected
12    to  correct  within  the time prescribed by subsection (c) of
13    Section   2-4,   a   deficiency   occurring   due   to   such
14    organization's  prescribed  minimum  net  worth  or   special
15    contingent   reserve   being   impaired.    For   purpose  of
16    determining the priority of distribution of  general  assets,
17    claims  of  enrollees and enrollees' beneficiaries shall have
18    the same priority  as  established  by  Section  205  of  the
19    Illinois  Insurance  Code for policyholders and beneficiaries
20    of insureds of insurance companies.  If an enrollee is liable
21    to any provider for services provided pursuant to and covered
22    by the health care plan, that liability shall have the status
23    of an enrollee claim for distribution of general assets.
24        Any provider who is obligated by statute or agreement  to
25    hold  enrollees harmless from liability for services provided
26    pursuant to and covered by a health care plan  shall  have  a
27    priority  of  distribution  of the general assets immediately
28    following that of enrollees and enrollees'  beneficiaries  as
29    described  herein,  and immediately preceding the priority of
30    distribution described  in  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform
31    Receivership  Law  paragraph (e) of subsection (1) of Section
32    205 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
33        (b)  For  purposes  of  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform
34    Receivership Law Articles XIII and XIII-1/2 of  the  Illinois
 
                            -186-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Insurance  Code,  organizations  in  the following categories
 2    shall be deemed to be a "domestic company" and a "domiciliary
 3    company":
 4             (i)  a  corporation  authorized  under  the   Dental
 5        Service  Plan  Act or the Voluntary Health Services Plans
 6        Act;
 7             (ii)  a corporation organized under the laws of this
 8        State; or
 9             (iii)  a corporation organized  under  the  laws  of
10        another  state, 20% or more of the enrollees of which are
11        residents of this State, except where such a  corporation
12        is,   in   its   state   of   incorporation,  subject  to
13        rehabilitation, liquidation and  conservation  under  the
14        laws relating to insurance companies.
15        (c)  In   the   event  of  the  insolvency  of  a  health
16    maintenance organization, no enrollee  of  such  organization
17    shall be liable to any provider for medical services rendered
18    by  such  provider,  except  for  applicable  co-payments  or
19    deductibles  for  covered  services  or fees for services not
20    covered by the health maintenance organization, with  respect
21    to  the  amounts such provider is not paid by the Association
22    pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-8 (8)(b) and (c).  No
23    provider, whether or not the provider is obligated by statute
24    or agreement to hold enrollees harmless from liability, shall
25    seek to recover any such amount from any enrollee  until  the
26    Association  has  made a final determination of its liability
27    (or the resolution of any  dispute  or  litigation  resulting
28    therefrom)  with  respect  to  the  matters specified in such
29    provisions.  In the event that the provider seeks to  recover
30    such  amounts before the Association's final determination of
31    its liability (or the resolution of any dispute or litigation
32    resulting therefrom), the provider shall be  liable  for  all
33    reasonable  costs  and attorney fees incurred by the Director
34    or the Association in enforcing this provision or  any  court
 
                            -187-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    orders related hereto.
 2    (Source:  P.A.  89-206,  eff.  7-21-95; 90-177, eff. 7-23-97;
 3    90-372, eff. 7-1-98; 90-655, eff. 7-30-98.)

 4        (215 ILCS 125/6-8) (from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1418.8)
 5        Sec. 6-8.  Powers and  duties  of  the  Association.   In
 6    addition  to  the  powers  and  duties  enumerated  in  other
 7    Sections  of  this  Article,  the  Association shall have the
 8    powers set forth in this Section.
 9        (1)  If  a   domestic   organization   is   an   impaired
10    organization,  the Association may, subject to any conditions
11    imposed by the Association other than those which impair  the
12    contractual  obligations  of  the  impaired organization, and
13    approved by the impaired organization and the Director:
14             (a)  guarantee  or  reinsure,   or   cause   to   be
15        guaranteed,  assumed  or  reinsured,  any  or  all of the
16        covered health care plan certificates of covered  persons
17        of the impaired organization;
18             (b)  provide    such    monies,    pledges,   notes,
19        guarantees, or other means as are  proper  to  effectuate
20        paragraph  (a),  and  assure  payment  of the contractual
21        obligations of the impaired organization  pending  action
22        under paragraph (a); and
23             (c)  loan money to the impaired organization.
24        (2)  If  a domestic, foreign, or alien organization is an
25    insolvent organization, the Association shall, subject to the
26    approval of the Director:
27             (a)  guarantee, assume,  indemnify  or  reinsure  or
28        cause to be guaranteed, assumed, indemnified or reinsured
29        the  covered health care plan benefits of covered persons
30        of the insolvent organization; however, in the event that
31        the Director of the  Department  of  Public  Aid  assigns
32        individuals  that  are  recipients  of public aid from an
33        insolvent  organization  to  another  organization,   the
 
                            -188-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        Director  of  the  Department of Public Aid shall, before
 2        fixing the rates to be paid by the Department  of  Public
 3        Aid  to  the  transferee  organization on account of such
 4        individuals, consult with the Director of the  Department
 5        of  Insurance  as  to the reasonableness of such rates in
 6        light of the health care needs of  such  individuals  and
 7        the  costs  of  providing  health  care  services to such
 8        individuals;
 9             (b)  assure payment of the  contractual  obligations
10        of the insolvent organization to covered persons;
11             (c)  make  payments  to providers of health care, or
12        indemnity payments to covered persons, so  as  to  assure
13        the  continued  payment of benefits substantially similar
14        to those provided for  under  covered  health  care  plan
15        certificate  issued  by  the  insolvent  organization  to
16        covered persons; and
17             (d)  provide    such    monies,    pledges,   notes,
18        guaranties, or other means as are reasonably necessary to
19        discharge such duties.
20        This subsection (2) shall not apply when the Director has
21    determined  that  the   foreign   or   alien   organization's
22    domiciliary  jurisdiction  or  state  of  entry  provides, by
23    statute, protection substantially similar to that provided by
24    this Article for residents of this State and such  protection
25    will be provided in a timely manner.
26        (3)  There  shall  be  no liability on the part of and no
27    cause of  action  shall  arise  against  the  Association  or
28    against  any  transferee  from  the Association in connection
29    with the transfer by reinsurance or otherwise of all  or  any
30    part  of  an impaired or insolvent organization's business by
31    reason of any action taken or any failure to take any  action
32    by the impaired or insolvent organization at any time.
33        (4)  If  the Association fails to act within a reasonable
34    period of time as provided in subsection (2) of this  Section
 
                            -189-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    with respect to an insolvent organization, the Director shall
 2    have  the  powers  and  duties  of the Association under this
 3    Article with regard to such insolvent organization.
 4        (5)  The Association or  its  designated  representatives
 5    may  render  assistance  and advice to the Director, upon his
 6    request,  concerning  rehabilitation,  payment   of   claims,
 7    continuations  of  coverage,  or  the  performance  of  other
 8    contractual   obligations   of   any  impaired  or  insolvent
 9    organization.
10        (6)  The Association has standing to  appear  before  any
11    court concerning all matters germane to the powers and duties
12    of  the Association, including, but not limited to, proposals
13    for reinsuring or guaranteeing the covered health  care  plan
14    certificates  of  the  impaired or insolvent organization and
15    the  determination  of   the   covered   health   care   plan
16    certificates and contractual obligations.
17        (7) (a)  Any person receiving benefits under this Article
18    is  deemed  to  have  assigned  the  rights under the covered
19    health care  plan certificates  to  the  Association  to  the
20    extent  of  the  benefits  received  because  of this Article
21    whether the benefits are payments of contractual  obligations
22    or  continuation of coverage.  The Association may require an
23    assignment to it of such rights by  any  payee,  enrollee  or
24    beneficiary  as  a  condition precedent to the receipt of any
25    rights or  benefits  conferred  by  this  Article  upon  such
26    person.   The  Association  is  subrogated  to  these  rights
27    against  the assets of any insolvent organization and against
28    any other party who may be liable to such payee, enrollee  or
29    beneficiary.
30        (b)  The subrogation rights of the Association under this
31    subsection  have  the same priority against the assets of the
32    insolvent  organization  as  that  possessed  by  the  person
33    entitled to receive benefits under this Article.
34        (8) (a)  The contractual  obligations  of  the  insolvent
 
                            -190-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    organization  for which the Association becomes or may become
 2    liable are as great as but no greater  than  the  contractual
 3    obligations  of the insolvent organization would have been in
 4    the absence of an  insolvency  unless  such  obligations  are
 5    reduced  as  permitted   by subsection (3), but the aggregate
 6    liability of the Association shall not exceed  $300,000  with
 7    respect to any one natural person.
 8        (b)  Furthermore,  the  Association shall not be required
 9    to pay, and shall have  no  liability  to,  any  provider  of
10    health care services to an enrollee:
11             (i)  if  such  provider, or his or its affiliates or
12        members of his immediate family, at any time  within  the
13        one  year  prior to the date of the issuance of the first
14        order,  by  a  court  of   competent   jurisdiction,   of
15        conservation, rehabilitation or liquidation pertaining to
16        the health maintenance organization:
17                  (A)  was  a securityholder of such organization
18             (but excluding any securityholder holding an  equity
19             interest of 5% or less);
20                  (B)  exercised control over the organization by
21             means  such  as  serving  as an officer or director,
22             through a management agreement  or  as  a  principal
23             member of a not-for-profit organization;
24                  (C)  had  a representative serving by virtue or
25             his or her official position as a representative  of
26             such  provider  on  the  board  of  any entity which
27             exercised control over the organization;
28                  (D)  received provider payments  made  by  such
29             organization  pursuant to a contract which was not a
30             product of arms-length bargaining; or
31                  (E)  received  distributions  other  than   for
32             physician    services    from    a    not-for-profit
33             organization on account of such provider's status as
34             a member of such organization.
 
                            -191-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1             For  purposes  of  this  subparagraph (i), the terms
 2        "affiliate,"  "person,"  "control"  and  "securityholder"
 3        shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section
 4        131.1 of the Illinois Insurance Code; or
 5             (ii)  if and to  the  extent  such  a  provider  has
 6        agreed  by contract not to seek payment from the enrollee
 7        for services provided to such enrollee or if, and to  the
 8        extent,  as  a  matter  of law such provider may not seek
 9        payment from the enrollee for services provided  to  such
10        enrollee.
11        (c)  In no event shall the Association be required to pay
12    any  provider participating in the insolvent organization any
13    amount for in-plan services rendered by such  provider  prior
14    to  the  insolvency  of the organization in excess of (1) the
15    amount provided by  a capitation contract between a physician
16    provider and the insolvent organization for such services; or
17    (2) the amounts  provided  by  contract  between  a  hospital
18    provider  and  the  Department  of  Public  Aid  for  similar
19    services  to  recipients  of  public aid; or (3) in the event
20    neither (1) nor (2) above is  applicable,  then  the  amounts
21    paid  under  the  Medicare  area prevailing rate for the area
22    where the services were provided, or if no such  rate  exists
23    with  respect  to  such  services,  then 80% of the usual and
24    customary  rates  established   by   the   Health   Insurance
25    Association  of  America. The payments required to be made by
26    the Association under this Section shall constitute full  and
27    complete payment for such provider services to the enrollee.
28        (d)  The  Association  shall  not be required to pay more
29    than an aggregate of $300,000 for any organization  which  is
30    declared  to  be  insolvent  prior  to July 1, 1987, and such
31    funds shall be distributed first to  enrollees  who  are  not
32    public  aid  recipients pursuant to a plan recommended by the
33    Association and approved by the Director and the court having
34    jurisdiction over the liquidation.
 
                            -192-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1        (9)  The Association may:
 2             (a)  Enter into such contracts as are  necessary  or
 3        proper  to  carry out the provisions and purposes of this
 4        Article.
 5             (b)  Sue or be  sued,  including  taking  any  legal
 6        actions  necessary  or  proper for recovery of any unpaid
 7        assessments under Section 6-9.  The Association shall not
 8        be liable for punitive or exemplary damages.
 9             (c)  Borrow money to effect  the  purposes  of  this
10        Article.   Any notes or other evidence of indebtedness of
11        the Association not in default are legal investments  for
12        domestic  organizations  and  may  be carried as admitted
13        assets.
14             (d)  Employ or retain such persons as are  necessary
15        to  handle the financial transactions of the Association,
16        and to perform such other functions as  become  necessary
17        or proper under this Article.
18             (e)  Negotiate  and  contract  with  any liquidator,
19        rehabilitator,  conservator,  or  ancillary  receiver  to
20        carry out the powers and duties of the Association.
21             (f)  Take such legal action as may be  necessary  to
22        avoid payment of improper claims.
23             (g)  Exercise,  for the purposes of this Article and
24        to the extent approved by the Director, the powers  of  a
25        domestic organization, but in no case may the Association
26        issue  evidence  of  coverage  other  than that issued to
27        perform the contractual obligations of  the  impaired  or
28        insolvent organization.
29             (h)  Exercise  all  the rights of the Director under
30        the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership  Law  Section
31        193(4)  of  the  Illinois  Insurance Code with respect to
32        covered  health  care   plan   certificates   after   the
33        association becomes obligated by statute.
34        (10)  The  obligations  of  the  Association  under  this
 
                            -193-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    Article  shall  not  relieve  any reinsurer, insurer or other
 2    person of its obligations to the insolvent  organization  (or
 3    its   conservator,   rehabilitator,   liquidator  or  similar
 4    official) or its enrollees, including without limitation  any
 5    reinsurer,  insurer  or  other person liable to the insolvent
 6    insurer (or its  conservator,  rehabilitator,  liquidator  or
 7    similar  official)  or  its  enrollees  under any contract of
 8    reinsurance, any contract providing  stop  loss  coverage  or
 9    similar coverage or any health care contract. With respect to
10    covered   health   care   plan  certificates  for  which  the
11    Association becomes obligated after an entry of an  order  of
12    liquidation  or  rehabilitation, the Association may elect to
13    succeed to the rights of the insolvent  organization  arising
14    after  the date of the order of liquidation or rehabilitation
15    under any contract of  reinsurance,  any  contract  providing
16    stop  loss  coverage  or similar coverages or any health care
17    service contract to which the insolvent  organization  was  a
18    party,  on  the  terms  set forth under such contract, to the
19    extent that such contract provides coverage for  health  care
20    services  provided after the date of the order of liquidation
21    or rehabilitation.  As a condition to making  this  election,
22    the  Association  must  pay premiums for coverage relating to
23    periods after  the  date  of  the  order  of  liquidation  or
24    rehabilitation.
25        (11)  The   Association  shall  be  entitled  to  collect
26    premiums due under or with respect  to  covered  health  care
27    certificates  for  a  period  from  the  date  on  which  the
28    domestic,  foreign, or alien organization became an insolvent
29    organization until the Association no longer has  obligations
30    under  subsection  (2)  of  this Section with respect to such
31    certificates.  The Association's obligations under subsection
32    (2) of this Section with respect to any covered  health  care
33    plan  certificates shall terminate in the event that all such
34    premiums due under or with respect  to  such  covered  health
 
                            -194-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    care  plan  certificates  are not paid to the Association (i)
 2    within 30 days of the Association's demand therefor, or  (ii)
 3    in  the  event  that  such  certificates provide for a longer
 4    grace  period  for  payment  of  premiums  after  notice   of
 5    non-payment  or demand therefor, within the lesser of (A) the
 6    period provided for in such certificates or (B) 60 days.
 7    (Source: P.A. 90-655, eff. 7-30-98.)

 8        Section 1208.  The Limited  Health  Service  Organization
 9    Act is amended by changing Sections 4003 and 4006 as follows:

10        (215 ILCS 130/4003) (from Ch. 73, par. 1504-3)
11        Sec. 4003.  Illinois Insurance Code provisions.
12        (a)  Limited   health   service  organizations  shall  be
13    subject to the provisions of Sections  133,  134,  137,  140,
14    141.1, 141.2, 141.3, 143, 143c, 147, 148, 149, 151, 152, 153,
15    154,  154.5,  154.6, 154.7, 154.8, 155.04, 355.2, 356v, 368a,
16    401, 401.1, 402, 403, 403A, 408, 408.2, 409,  412,  444,  and
17    444.1  and  Articles  IIA, VIII 1/2, XII, XII 1/2, XIII, XIII
18    1/2, XXV, and XXVI  of  the  Illinois  Insurance  Code.   For
19    purposes  of the Illinois Insurance Code, except for Sections
20    444 and 444.1 and Articles XIII and XIII 1/2, limited  health
21    service  organizations in the following categories are deemed
22    to be domestic companies:
23             (1)  a corporation under the laws of this State; or
24             (2)  a  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
25        another state, 30% of more of the enrollees of which  are
26        residents  of this State, except a corporation subject to
27        substantially the  same  requirements  in  its  state  of
28        organization  as is a domestic company under Article VIII
29        1/2 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
30        (b)  Limited health service organizations are subject  to
31    the Interstate Compact Uniform Receivership Law.
32    (Source: P.A.  90-25,  eff.  1-1-98;  90-583,  eff.  5-29-98;
 
                            -195-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    90-655,  eff.  7-30-98;  91-549,  eff.  8-14-99; 91-605, eff.
 2    12-14-99; 91-788, eff. 6-9-00.)

 3        (215 ILCS 130/4006) (from Ch. 73, par. 1504-6)
 4        Sec. 4006.  Supervision of rehabilitation, liquidation or
 5    conservation by the Director.
 6        (a) For purposes of the  rehabilitation,  liquidation  or
 7    conservation  of  a  limited health service organization, the
 8    operation of a limited health service  organization  in  this
 9    State constitutes a form of insurance protection which should
10    be   governed   by   the   same   provisions   governing  the
11    rehabilitation,  liquidation  or  conservation  of  insurance
12    companies.  Any rehabilitation, liquidation  or  conservation
13    of  a limited health service organization shall be based upon
14    the grounds set forth in and subject to the provisions of the
15    laws of this State regarding the rehabilitation,  liquidation
16    or   conservation  of  an  insurance  company  and  shall  be
17    conducted under the supervision of the Director.  Insolvency,
18    as a ground for rehabilitation, liquidation  or  conservation
19    of a limited health service organization, shall be recognized
20    when a limited health service organization cannot be expected
21    to  satisfy  its  financial obligations when such obligations
22    are  to  become  due  or  when  the  limited  health  service
23    organization  has  neglected  to  correct,  within  the  time
24    prescribed by subsection (c) of Section  2004,  a  deficiency
25    occurring  due  to such organization's prescribed minimum net
26    worth  being  impaired.   For  purpose  of  determining   the
27    priority   of  distribution  of  general  assets,  claims  of
28    enrollees and enrollees' beneficiaries shall  have  the  same
29    priority  as  established  by  the Interstate Compact Uniform
30    Receivership Law Section 205 of the Illinois Insurance  Code,
31    for  policyholders and beneficiaries of insureds of insurance
32    companies.  If an enrollee is  liable  to  any  provider  for
33    services  provided  pursuant  to  and  covered by the limited
 
                            -196-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    health care plan, that liability shall have the status of  an
 2    enrollee claim for distribution of general assets.
 3        Any  provider who is obligated by statute or agreement to
 4    hold enrollees harmless from liability for services  provided
 5    pursuant  to  and covered by a limited health care plan shall
 6    have  a  priority  of  distribution  of  the  general  assets
 7    immediately  following  that  of  enrollees  and   enrollees'
 8    beneficiaries  as described herein, and immediately preceding
 9    the priority of  distribution  described  in  the  Interstate
10    Compact  Uniform Receivership Law paragraph (e) of subsection
11    (1) of Section 205 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
12        (b)  For  purposes  of  the  Interstate  Compact  Uniform
13    Receivership Law Articles XIII and XIII 1/2 of  the  Illinois
14    Insurance  Code,  organizations  in  the following categories
15    shall be deemed to be a domestic company  and  a  domiciliary
16    company:
17             (1)  a  corporation organized under the laws of this
18        State; or
19             (2)  a  corporation  organized  under  the  laws  of
20        another state, 20% or more the  enrollees  of  which  are
21        residents  of this State, except where such a corporation
22        is,  in  its   state   of   incorporation,   subject   to
23        rehabilitation,  liquidation  and  conservation under the
24        laws relating to insurance companies.
25    (Source: P.A. 89-206, eff. 7-21-95.)

26        Section 1209.  The Voluntary Health Services Plans Act is
27    amended by changing Section 23 as follows:

28        (215 ILCS 165/23) (from Ch. 32, par. 617)
29        Sec. 23. To the extent that the same are  applicable  and
30    not  inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  Act,  all
31    proceedings for the rehabilitation, liquidation, conservation
32    or  dissolution of health services plan corporations shall be
 
                            -197-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    subject to the provisions of the Interstate  Compact  Uniform
 2    Receivership  Law  Article  XIII  of  the "Illinois Insurance
 3    Code", approved June 29, 1937, as amended.
 4    (Source: Laws 1951, p. 569.)

 5                    Chapter 13.  Effective Date.

 6        Section 1301.  Effective date.  This Act takes effect  on
 7    the   later  of  January  1,  2002  or,  notwithstanding  the
 8    provisions of Section (3) of Article VII  of  the  Interstate
 9    Insurance  Receivership Compact, the date on which provisions
10    substantially identical to the provisions  of  this  Act  are
11    adopted by all of the other states that currently are members
12    of the Interstate Insurance Receivership Compact.
 
                            -198-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1                                INDEX
 2               Statutes amended in order of appearance
 3    New Act
 4    215 ILCS 5/20             from Ch. 73, par. 632
 5    215 ILCS 5/34             from Ch. 73, par. 646
 6    215 ILCS 5/35A-25
 7    215 ILCS 5/35A-30
 8    215 ILCS 5/35A-40
 9    215 ILCS 5/50             from Ch. 73, par. 662
10    215 ILCS 5/59.2
11    215 ILCS 5/60             from Ch. 73, par. 672
12    215 ILCS 5/83             from Ch. 73, par. 695
13    215 ILCS 5/107.06a        from Ch. 73, par. 719.06a
14    215 ILCS 5/107.08         from Ch. 73, par. 719.08
15    215 ILCS 5/123C-11        from Ch. 73, par. 735C-11
16    215 ILCS 5/131.25         from Ch. 73, par. 743.25
17    215 ILCS 5/141a           from Ch. 73, par. 753a
18    215 ILCS 5/147.3
19    215 ILCS 5/186.1          from Ch. 73, par. 798.1
20    215 ILCS 5/232            from Ch. 73, par. 844
21    215 ILCS 5/251            from Ch. 73, par. 863
22    215 ILCS 5/310.1          from Ch. 73, par. 922.1
23    215 ILCS 5/311.1          from Ch. 73, par. 923.1
24    215 ILCS 5/324            from Ch. 73, par. 936
25    215 ILCS 5/327            from Ch. 73, par. 939
26    215 ILCS 5/331            from Ch. 73, par. 943
27    215 ILCS 5/345            from Ch. 73, par. 957
28    215 ILCS 5/347            from Ch. 73, par. 959
29    215 ILCS 5/451            from Ch. 73, par. 1063
30    215 ILCS 5/545            from Ch. 73, par. 1065.95
31    215 ILCS 5/552            from Ch. 73, par. 1065.102
32    215 ILCS 5/1108           from Ch. 73, par. 1065.808
33    215 ILCS 5/Art. XIII rep.
34    215 ILCS 5/Art. XIII 1/2 rep.
 
                            -199-              LRB9200955JSpc
 1    215 ILCS 100/55           from Ch. 73, par. 1655
 2    215 ILCS 107/25
 3    215 ILCS 110/38           from Ch. 32, par. 690.38
 4    215 ILCS 120/10           from Ch. 73, par. 1260
 5    215 ILCS 120/14           from Ch. 73, par. 1264
 6    215 ILCS 125/5-3          from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1411.2
 7    215 ILCS 125/5-6          from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1414
 8    215 ILCS 125/6-8          from Ch. 111 1/2, par. 1418.8
 9    215 ILCS 130/4003         from Ch. 73, par. 1504-3
10    215 ILCS 130/4006         from Ch. 73, par. 1504-6
11    215 ILCS 165/23           from Ch. 32, par. 617

[ Top ]